February 2010 - jbosstools-commits

JBoss Tools SVN: r20332 - trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: ochikvina Date: 2010-02-17 14:27:34 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20332 Modified: trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master.xml trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml Log: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style="font-size:9pt;font-family:Sans Serif"> <p>https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-1104 - Updated versions,corrected master_output file</p> </body></html> Modified: trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2010-02-17 19:17:57 UTC (rev 20331) +++ trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2010-02-17 19:27:34 UTC (rev 20332) @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ <copyright> <year>2007</year> - <year>2009</year> + <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> </copyright> - <releaseinfo> Version: 4.0.0.CR1</releaseinfo> + <releaseinfo> Version: 4.0.0.trunk</releaseinfo> <abstract> <title/> Modified: trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 19:17:57 UTC (rev 20331) +++ trunk/jbpm/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 19:27:34 UTC (rev 20332) @@ -23,1292 +23,1293 @@ <!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html"> <!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html"> - ]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> - <bookinfo> - <title>jBPM Tools Reference Guide</title> - <corpauthor> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/jbosstools_logo.png" format="PNG"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> - </corpauthor> - - <author> - <firstname>Anatoly</firstname> - <surname>Fedosik</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Koen</firstname> - <surname>Aers</surname> - <email>koen.aers(a)jboss.com</email> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Olga</firstname> - <surname>Chikvina</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Svetlana</firstname> - <surname>Mukhina</surname> - <email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Tom</firstname> - <surname>Baeyens</surname> - <email>tom.baeyens(a)jboss.com</email> - </author> - - - <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate> - <copyright> - <year>2007</year> - <year>2009</year> - <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> - </copyright> - <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Version: 4.0.0.CR1</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo> - -<abstract> - <title></title> - <para> - <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jbpm/pdf/JBPM_Refere...">PDF version</ulink> - </para> -</abstract> - - </bookinfo> - - <toc></toc> - -<chapter id="Introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Introduction.xml" xreflabel="Introduction"> - <?dbhtml filename="TargetAudience.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>jBPM</keyword> - <keyword>Target</keyword> - <keyword>developers</keyword> - <keyword>Audience</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - <title>Introduction</title> - <para>All developers and process analysts who are beginning to use JBoss jBPM should read this - Getting Started guide. It will give them a jumpstart showing how to create a process definition.</para> - <section id="Preface"> - <?dbhtml filename="Preface.html"?> - <title>Preface</title> - <para>This document introduces the use of the JBoss jBPM Graphical Process Designer (GPD) to - create workflow processes. It will help first time users with the following tasks :</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Install the JBoss jBPM GPD Eclipse plugin available from the JBoss jBPM download - area</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Set up a Java project in Eclipse and prepare it to do test driven process - development</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Using the creation wizard to create an empty process definition</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Use the designer palette to draw the first processdefinition</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Show how the xml processdefinition can be inspected as an xml file</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Set up a Java project in Eclipse and prepare it to do test driven process - development</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Write an example process test case</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>If you have questions, please feel free to contact <ulink url="mailto:koen.aers@jboss.com">Koen Aers</ulink> or <ulink url="mailto:tom.baeyens@jboss.com">Tom Baeyens</ulink> for more - information.</para> - </section> - - <section id="feature_list"> - - <title>Feature list</title> - - <para> JBoss jBPM is a workflow that enables creating and automatization business processes. Look - at the list of features below to understand its main functionality.</para> - <table> - <title>Key Functionality for JBoss jBPM</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Feature</entry> - <entry>Benefit</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="minimal_process_definition">jBDL support</link> - </entry> - <entry>Enables managing workflow processes as well as human tasks and interactions between - them. jBDL combines the best both Java and declarative process techniques.</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD">Support of Graphical Process Designer (GPD)</link> - </entry> - <entry>Is used for simplifying declarative process development and visualizations of all - actions.</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="CreatingjBPMProject">Project Creation wizard</link> - </entry> - <entry>Allows to create a new jBPM template project that already includes all advanced - artifacts and core jBPM libraries.</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="minimal_process_definition">Rich palette of pre-build process nodes</link> - </entry> - <entry>Provides process-building functionality and gives opportunity even non-programmers to - develop processes.</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="the_views">A large range of special views, including:</link> - </entry> - <entry></entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="source_mode">Support of XML code view</link> - </entry> - <entry>Shows the corresponding XML that's generated automatically in the Source view - of the process definition editor when developing the process.</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="the_properties_view">Properties view</link> - </entry> - <entry>Facilitates configuring and editing of all nodes properties.</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <link linkend="jbpm_gpd_editor">The jBPM Graphical Process Designer editor</link> - </entry> - <entry>The plugin is used for designing the workflow.</entry> - </row> - - - <row> - <entry>Interaction with all of the J2EE based integration technologies including Web Services, - Java Messaging, J2EE Connectors, JBDC, EJBs.</entry> - <entry>Enables implementation, provides better functionality and flexibility.</entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry>Integration with jBoss Seam</entry> - <entry>Allows to write applications with complex workflows and provides easier interactions - between them.</entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> - <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools release documentation you can find at<ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/">http://docs.jboss.org/tools</ulink> in the corresponding release directory.</para> - <para>There is some extra information on <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/community/wiki/JBPMWiki">JBoss Wiki. </ulink></para> - <para>The latest documentation builds are available at <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs</ulink>.</para> - </section> - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation.xml" xreflabel="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation"> - <?dbhtml filename="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>jBPM</keyword> - <keyword>designer</keyword> - <keyword>process</keyword> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>jBPM runtime</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - <title>JBoss jBPM Runtime Installation</title> - <para>The main purpose of this chapter is to let you know how to launch the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - jBPM</property> (business process management).</para> - <para>The jBPM plugin (jBPM Designer) is already included in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. - To make it work, you should only download the jBPM runtime (<ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=70542&package_i...">jbpm-jpdl-3.2.3</ulink> currently) and specify the directory where you extracted the runtime - either when you create a jBPM project or by using the jBPM preference pages.</para> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>Try to avoid using spaces in the names of installation folders. It can provoke problems in - some situations with Sun-based VMs.</para> - </note> - - <para>Navigate to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss jBPM > Runtime Locations</property>. - </emphasis> Here you can add, edit and remove JBoss jBPM installation locations. Click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Add</property> - </emphasis> button. In the dialog that appeared enter a name for a newly added jBPM runtime and - point to the correct location of this package on your harddrive. Click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> - </emphasis> then click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> - </emphasis> again.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding jBPM Location</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtime_installation/runtime_installation_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Now, when you have a runtime installed, we are going to demonstrate some powerful features of - the jBPM.</para> -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd.xml" xreflabel="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD"> - <?dbhtml filename="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>jBPM</keyword> - <keyword>JBoss</keyword> - <keyword>Process</keyword> - <keyword>Definition</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - <title>A Guided Tour of JBoss jBPM GPD</title> - <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating and configuring your - own simple process. Let's try to organize a new jBPM project.</para> - <para>A wizard for creating a jBPM project is included in the GPD plugin. We have opted to - create a project based on a template already containing a number of advanced artifacts that - we will ignore for this section. In the future we will elaborate this wizard and offer the - possibility to create an empty jBPM project as well as projects based on templates taken - from the jBPM tutorial.</para> - <section id="CreatingjBPMProject"> - <?dbhtml filename="CreatingjBPMProject.html"?> - <title>Creating a jBPM Project</title> - <para>This section will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating a new jBPM - project with already included source folders.</para> - <para>At first you should select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">File >New Project...</property> - </emphasis> and then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM > Process Project</property> - </emphasis> in the New Project dialog:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>New Project Dialog</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para> Clicking <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> brings us to the wizard page where it's necessary to specify the - name and location for the project. We choose, for example, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">HellojBPM</property> - </emphasis> as the name and accept the default location. </para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Process Name and Location</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Thus, our project will be created in the workspace root directory by default. If you - want to change the directory for your future project, deselect <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Use default location</property> - </emphasis> and click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property> - </emphasis> button to set needed location or simply type it.</para> - <para>On the next screen you'll be prompted to select the core jBPM location that - we have defined in the previous chapter.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Core jBPM Location Specifying</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_9.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Clicking on <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> results in the project being generated. The wizard creates four source - folders: one for the processes (<emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">src/main/jpdl</property> - </emphasis>), one for the java sources (<emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">src/main/java</property> - </emphasis>), one for the unit tests (<emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">src/test/java</property> - </emphasis>) and one for the resources such as the jbpm.properties and the - hibernate.properties files (<emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">src/main/config</property> - </emphasis>). In addition a classpath container with all the core jBPM libraries is - added to the project</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Layout of the Process Project</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Looking inside the different source folders will reveal a number of other artifacts - that were generated, but we will leave these untouched for the moment. Instead, we will - look at another wizard that enables us to create an empty process definition.</para> - </section> - <section id="creating_an_empty_process_definition"> - <?dbhtml filename="creating_an_empty_process_definition.html"?> - <title>Creating an Empty Process Definition</title> - <para>Now when the project is set up, we can use a Creation wizard to create an empty - process definition. Bring up the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">New</property> - </emphasis> wizard by clicking the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property> - </emphasis> menu item. The wizard opens on the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Select Wizard</property> - </emphasis> page.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Select Wizard Page</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Selecting the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM</property> - </emphasis> category, then the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Process Definition</property> - </emphasis> item and clicking on the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> button brings us to the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Create Process Definition</property> - </emphasis> page.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Create New Process Defining Page</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>We choose <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">hello</property> - </emphasis> as the name of the process archive file. Click on the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> button to end the wizard and open the process definition editor.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Process Definition Editor</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_6.png" scale="60"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - - <para>You can see in the Package Explorer that creating a process definition involves - creating a folder with the name of the process definition and populating this folder - with two .xml files : <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">gpd.xml</property> - </emphasis> and <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">processdefinition.xml</property>. </emphasis></para> - <para>The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">gpd.xml</property> - </emphasis> contains the graphical information used by the process definition editor. - The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">processdefinition.xml</property> - </emphasis> file contains the actual process definition info without the graphical - rendering info. At present, the GPD assumes that these two files are siblings. More - sophisticated configuration will be supported later.</para> - - <section id="minimal_process_definition"> - <?dbhtml filename="minimal_process_definition.html"?> - <title>A Minimal Process Definition</title> - <para>Now we are ready to create a very simple process definition consisting of a begin - state, an intermediate state and an end state.</para> - <para>To make the configuration of actions much easier it's better to use the - jPDL perspective. It provides the tabbed Properties Editor which allows to configure - all the relevant properties of the current selected item. </para> - - <section id="adding_the_nodes"> - <?dbhtml filename="adding_the_nodes.html"?> - <title>Adding the Nodes</title> - <para>At first select respectively <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>, </emphasis> - <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">State</property> - </emphasis> and <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">End</property> - </emphasis> on the tools palette and click on the canvas to add these nodes to - the process definition. The result should look similar to this:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>A Simple Process With Three Nodes</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_7.png" scale="60"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - <section id="adding_transitions"> - <?dbhtml filename="adding_transitions.html"?> - <title>Adding Transitions</title> - <para>Then, we will connect the nodes with transitions. To do that select the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Transition</property> - </emphasis> tool in the tools palette and click on the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Start</property> - </emphasis> node, then move to the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">State</property> - </emphasis> node and click again to see the transition being drawn. Perform the - same steps to create a transition from the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">State</property> - </emphasis> node to the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">End</property> - </emphasis> node. The result will look like:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>A Simple Process With Transitions</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_8.png" scale="60"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Now, when you've got background knowledge of simple project creation, - let's move to more advanced tools.</para> - </section> - </section> - </section> - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="the_views" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/the_views.xml" xreflabel="the_views"> - <?dbhtml filename="the_views.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>jBPM</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>The views</title> - - <para>Here, it will be explained how to work with views and editors provided by JBDS.</para> - <para>The views are used for representation and navigation the resources you are working on at - the moment. One of the advantages of all the views is that all modifications made in the - current active file are immediately displayed in them. Let’s get acquainted more closely - with those that the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> provides. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The jPDL Perspective Views and Editors</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_0.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>As you can see in the picture above, the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> contains a - complete set of functionality that's necessary for working on the jBPM project.</para> - - <section id="the_outline_view"> - <?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?> - <title>The Outline View</title> - <para>To have a way to quickly see an outline of the process use the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property> - </emphasis> that is presented as the classical tree. If it is not visible select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show view > Outline</property>. </emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Overview View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section id="the_overview"> - <?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?> - <title>The Overview</title> - <para>The main advantage of this view is that it gives visual representation of the whole - current developing process. Besides, the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Overview</property> - </emphasis> comes as a scrollable thumbnail which enables a better navigation of the - process structure if it's too large.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Overview</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section id="the_properties_view"> - <?dbhtml filename="the_properties_view.html"?> - <title>The Properties View</title> - <para> Here, we dwell on the JBDS <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>.</para> - <para>Notice if it's not visible you can access it by navigating <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show view > Properties</property>. </emphasis></para> - <para>The view shows the relevant properties of the selected item in the tabbed form. Every - item has its own set of properties, which can be directly editable in the Properties - view or by brining up the context menu.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Properties View of selected Transition</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>For example, on the picture above the Properties view displays all the properties for - a selected transition. Its name has been changed to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">to_auction</property>. </emphasis> We've done it directly in - active General tab of the view. The same way let's change the name for the - second transition to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">to_end</property>. </emphasis></para> - <para>If no one item is selected, the view represents the properties of the whole process - definition. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Properties View of Process Definition</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>In this case, it contains six tabs. The first one is the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">General</property>.</emphasis> It allows to specify a process name and add - necessary description. To illustrate let's change the process definition name - to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">jbay</property>. </emphasis></para> - </section> - - <section id="jbpm_gpd_editor"> - <?dbhtml filename="direct_editing.html"?> - <title>The jBPM Graphical Process Designer editor.</title> - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">jBPM GPD editor</property> includes four modes: Diagram, Deployment, - Design and Source, which are available as switchable tabs at the bottom of the editor. - Let's dwell on each of them.</para> - - <section id="the_diagram_mode"> - <title>The Diagram mode</title> - <para> In this mode we define the process in the form of a diagram by means of tools - provided on the left-hand side of the jBPM GPD. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Diagram mode</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Besides, some properties can be directly edited in the <property moreinfo="none">Diagram - mode</property> of the graphical editor. One example of this is the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">name</property> - </emphasis> property of nodes. You can edit this directly by selecting the node of - which you want to change the name and then click once inside this node. This enables - an editor in the node. We change the name of the node to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">auction</property>. </emphasis></para> - </section> - - <section id="source_mode"> - <?dbhtml filename="the_source_view.html"?> - <title>The Source Mode</title> - <para>Now, that we have defined a simple process definition, we can have a look at the - XML that is being generated under the covers. To see this XML click on the Source - tab of the graphical process designer editor.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Source Mode</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_6.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Source mode</property> enables to easily manipulate our XML. That is - manually inserting and editing necessary elements or attributes. In addition, here - you can take advantage of content assist.</para> - </section> - - <section id="design_mode"> - <?dbhtml filename="the_design_view.html"?> - <title>The Design Mode</title> - <para>One more way to edit your file is to use <property moreinfo="none">Design mode</property>. You can - see it in the next picture:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Design Mode</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_7.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>As you can see above, this mode looks like a table in the first column of which - the process structure is performed. Here, you can also insert, remove and edit - elements or attributes, moreover add comments and instructions. Their values can be - directly edited in the second column of the Design mode table.</para> - <para>For instance, let’s add a comment on the second transition. For that, you should - bring up the context menu for it and choose <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Add Before > Comment</property>. </emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding a Comment</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_8.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Then, we can put the text <emphasis>This transition leads to the end - state</emphasis> in the right column as its value.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Comment is added</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_9.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - - <section id="deployment_mode"> - <?dbhtml filename="the_deployment_view.html"?> - <title>The Deployment Mode</title> - <para>Finally, to adjust the deployment settings of the project you should switch on to - the tab that opens the <property moreinfo="none">Deployment mode</property>. On the picture below - the <property moreinfo="none">Deployment mode</property> is performed with default settings. Here, - you can easily modify them or, if the settings won't match your needs, to - reset defaults. </para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Deployment Mode</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_10.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The button <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Test Connections</property> - </emphasis> is necessary to make sure whether all your settings are valid before - deploying the process.</para> - <para>Now that we've seen how to work with <property moreinfo="none">jPDL - perspective</property>, let's pass on to the project testing.</para> - </section> - </section> -</chapter> - -<chapter id="Test_Drive_Proc_Development" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Test_Drive_Proc.xml" xreflabel="Test_Drive_Proc_Development"> - <?dbhtml filename="Test_Drive_Proc_Development.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>jBPM</keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - <title>Test Driven Process Development</title> - - <para> One of the most important advantages of JBoss jBPM's lightweight approach to BPM - and workflow management is that developers can easily leverage their usual programming - skills and techniques. One of these well-known techniques is Unit Testing and Test Driven - Development. </para> - <para>In this chapter we will show how developers, making use of the JBoss jBPM GPD, can use a - technique we have baptized <property moreinfo="none">Test Driven Process Development</property> to create - process definitions and test their correctness. </para> - - <para> When creating the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">HellojBPM</property> - </emphasis> project the Project Creation wizard has already put in place all the library - requirements we need to start writing the jBPM unit tests. They are contained in the jBPM - Library container and the most important of them is the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property> - </emphasis> file containing the core jBPM classes. While working on the project you could - find them all in the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property>.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The jBPM Libraries</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>It must be noted that it is possible to change the location of the core jBPM installation - by changing the preference settings. More on this <link linkend="change_core_jbpm_inst">see - later</link> in this book.</para> - - <para> With that extra knowledge on the project settings, you can create your first test. To do - this, we create the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">com.jbay</property> - </emphasis> package in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">test/java</property> - </emphasis> source folder. Then we bring up the context menu on this package and select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">New > Other...</property> - </emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Call the JUnit Test Case Creation wizard</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> And then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Java > JUnit > JUnit Test Case</property> - </emphasis> to call the specialized JUnite Test case creation wizard.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Call the JUnit Test Case Creation wizard</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The wizard looks as follows:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Create Test Dialog</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>By default JUnite 3 version of testing framework is selected. Of course, you can choose - new advanced JUnit 4 version. In this case you'll be prompted to add new JUnit - Library to your build path. To add it automatically just click on the appropriate link. In - the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Class under test</property> - </emphasis> section you can specify the class to test.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>A First Test Scenario</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Then, we call the test class <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">HelloTest</property> - </emphasis> and press <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> button to complete.</para> - - <para> Next, we should write a simple test scenario as shown on the next figure. Let's - study the code of this test case. </para> - - <figure float="0" id="hello_test"> - <title>A First Test Scenario</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_6.png" scale="75"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>In the first line of the method, a jBPM process archive object is created. We use a - constructor accepting the filename of the archive. In our case it is the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">hello</property> - </emphasis> file we created earlier and which lives in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">src/main/jpdl</property> - </emphasis> folder of our project. After asserting that this object is really created, we - extract a process definition object from it. This object is fed to the constructor of a - process instance object. We have a process instance object, but this process is not yet - started, so we can safely assert that its root token still resides in the start node. After - signalling the token will move to the next state and the process will be in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">auction</property> - </emphasis> state. Finally another signal will end the process. </para> - - - <para> After writing this test we can check whether it works as expected by running it .</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Running the Process Test</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_7.png" scale="75"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>All went well as we have a green light:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Successful Test Run</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_8.png" scale="75"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Of course, this simple scenario was not very interesting, but the purpose of it was to - show how you can reuse your development skills in a very straightforward way when doing - process development. To see how more interesting processes and process test - scenario's can be developed, we suggest you to read the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.com/jbpm/v3/userguide/">JBoss jBPM User Guide</ulink> and to - study the API reference. You can find it in the jBPM download folder. (To get started we - downloaded jbpm-jpdl-3.2.2 in <link linkend="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation">the second - chapter</link>. You should just remember where you extracted it.) All we've mentioned are in the 'javadoc- *' subfolders of the 'doc' folder. - Moreover, some more examples will be given later in this book.</para> - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech.xml" xreflabel="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech"> - <?dbhtml filename="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>jBPM</keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - <title>Actions : The JBoss jBPM Integration Mechanism</title> - - <para> In this chapter we will show how to do software integration with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - jBPM</property>. The standard mechanism to implement this is to wrap the functionality you - want to integrate in a class that implements the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> - </emphasis> interface. In order to demonstrate it let's specify Hello World action for our - process.</para> - - <section> - <title>Creating a Hello World Action</title> - - <para>Each Hello World process should integrate one or more Hello World actions, so this is - what we will be doing. We can integrate custom code at different points in the process - definition. To do this we have to specify an action handler, represented by an - implementation of the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> - </emphasis> interface, and attach this piece of code to a particular event. These events - are amongst others, going over a transition, leaving or entering nodes, after and before - signalling. </para> - - <para> To make things a little bit more concrete, let's create a new class called <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property>. - </emphasis> For that firstly we'll create a new package <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">com.jbay.action</property> - </emphasis> in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">src/java/main</property> - </emphasis> folder of our project. Then, we should call New Class Creation wizard as - usual by right-clicking and navigating <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">New > Class</property>. - </emphasis> </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Creating HelloActionHendler Class</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Notice that two first gaps have been filled automatically. Here, instead of <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> - </emphasis> option <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Enclose type</property> - </emphasis> option can be selected where a type in which to enclose a new class should - be specified.</para> - - <para>In our case, we leave everything as it is, just type <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property> - </emphasis> as a name of new class and add <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">org.jbpm.graph.ActionHendler</property> - </emphasis> interface as it's shown in the picture above.</para> - - <para>Thus, our <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property> - </emphasis> implements the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> - </emphasis> interface including the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">execute</property> - </emphasis> method as shown in the next figure. Here, we add a variable named <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property> - </emphasis> to the collection of process variables and put a message in it : - <emphasis>"Hello from ActionHandler"</emphasis>. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>A Simple Hello Action</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_2.png" scale="75"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Now, as we have <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property> - </emphasis> class defined, let's explore how we can handle it.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Integrating the Hello World Action</title> - - <para>The main purpose of this chapter is to provide you with the steps associating our - Hello World action with a particular event and test the correctness of our actions as - well.</para> - - <para> As good Testcity citizens we will first create a Unit Test that proves the behaviour - we want to achieve by adding the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> - </emphasis> to the process. So we implement another test.</para> - - <para>At first, let's return to the - code we already saw <link linkend="hello_test">in the previous chapter</link> and add new test method <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">testActionHendler</property></emphasis> to it. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Create the Hello Action Test</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_3.png" scale="75"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>We assert - that no variable called <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property> - </emphasis> exist. Then we give the process a signal to move it to the auction state. We - want to associate the execution of the action with the event of going over the - transition from the start state to the auction state. So after the signal, the process - should be in the auction state as in the previous scenario. But moreover, the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property> - </emphasis> variable should exist and contain the string <emphasis>"Hello from - ActionHandler"</emphasis>. That's what we assert in the last lines of the test - method.</para> - - - - <para> Running the tests now results in a failure. The point is that we did not associate - the action with any particular event in the process definition, so the process variable - did not get set. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Test Results Before Integration</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_4.png" scale="75"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Let's do something about it and add an action to the first transition of our - sample process. To do this you can use the Actions tab in the Properties Editor that is - under the graphical canvas. Bring up the popup menu of the action element container and - chose New Action as it's shown on the figure below. The other way to add an action - to the transition is simply to use the dropdown menu that is available under the action - icon in the right upper corner of the Properties View.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding an Action to a Transition</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_5.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>After adding the action a tabbed view with three pages will appear.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Configuration Dialog for an Action</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_6.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The first of these three pages allows you to give the Action a name. The last page - contains some advanced attributes such as whether the Action is asynchronous. The - Details page is the most important. It allows to choose and configure the actual action - handler implementation. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Details page of an Action Configuration Dialog</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_7.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - - <para>Clicking on the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Search...</property> - </emphasis> button brings us to a Choose Class dialog.</para> - - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Choose Action Handler Dialog</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_8.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - - <para> We choose our previously created 'HelloActionHandler' class and - push the <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> button. After the selection of the action handler for - the action, we can run the test and observe it gives us a green light.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Test Results</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_9.png" scale="70"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>There we are. The above objective has been achieved.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title> Integration Points</title> - - <para> The different integration points in a process definition are thoroughly documented in - the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.com/jbpm/v3/userguide/">JBoss jBPM User Guide</ulink>. Instance nodes can contain many action - elements. Each of these will appear in the Action element list of the Actions tab. But - each Action also has a properties view of itself. You can navigate to this view by - selecting the added Action in the outline view. </para> - - </section> - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="Quick_Howto_Guide" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Quick_Howto_Guide.xml" xreflabel="Quick_Howto_Guide"> - <?dbhtml filename="Quick_Howto_Guide.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>jBPM</keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - <keyword></keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - <title>Quick Howto Guide</title> - - <para>This chapter contains additional information related to the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - jBPM</property>.</para> - - <section id="change_core_jbpm_inst"> - <title>Change the Default Core jBPM Installation</title> - - <para> You can change the default <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property> installation by means of the - Eclipse preference mechanism. Open the Preferences dialog by selecting <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences</property> - </emphasis> and select the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM > Runtime Location</property> - </emphasis> category. Using this page you can add multiple <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property> - installation locations and change the default one. The default installation is used for - the classpath settings when creating a new Process Project. Changing the preferences has - no influence on already created projects. Getting rid of a <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property> - installation that's being referenced by a project however will cause the - classpath to contain errors. </para> - - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The jBPM Preferences Page</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Configuring Task Nodes</title> - - <para>Here, we'll examine how you can configure the Task nodes in jBPM jPDL GPD.</para> - - <para> You can add Tasks to Task nodes and then configure them in a similar manner as the - Action configuration mechanism. Let's consider the process definition similar - to the previous one that contains three nodes: Start state, Task node and End state. The - <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> for selected Task node includes several tabs. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Properties View of the selected Task Node</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_2.png" scale="75"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>We should choose the Task tab and then bring up the context menu or click the button - in the top right corner of the view to add a Task to our Task node.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding a Task to the Task Node</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_3.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Every added Task has its own configuration possibilities. You can access them through - the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> as well.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Task properties</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_4.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">General page</property> is a place where you can specify the name of a - Task and its description. For instance, let it be <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">approve oder</property> - </emphasis> with appropriate description that you can see in the figure below.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Task General Page</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_5.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Now, look at <property moreinfo="none">Details page</property>. First, you should specify the due date - that is a mandatory property for the Task. The due date is the date on which the task - should be accomplished. Here you can also set a Task priority as well as signalling, - notifying or blocking. The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Blocking</property> - </emphasis> attribute indicates that the process will not be able to continue if this - task is still unaccomplished. The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Generate Form...</property> - </emphasis> button is for creating a simple task form that can be rendered by the jBPM - console.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Task Details Page</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_6.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>For our example, we specify the due date as 2 business days, choose the high priority - and also check the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Signalling</property> - </emphasis> and <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Notify</property> - </emphasis> attributes. It means that the Task should be accomplished in 2 business days - and the assignee will be notified by email when the task is assigned. To specify how the - Task should be assigned switch on to the <property moreinfo="none">Assignment page</property>.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Task Assignment Page</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_7.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>On the <property moreinfo="none">Reminder page</property> you can specify whether the assignee will be reminded of the task - that awaits him.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Task Reminder Page</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_8.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>In our case, the assignee will be reminded by email after two business hours and - continue to get reminding every business hour after that.</para> - <para>In the next figure you can see our configuring generated into XML.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Task Reminder Page</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_9.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>We hope, our guide will help you to get started with the jPDL process language and jBPM - workflow on the whole. Besides, for additional information you are welcome on <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss forum</ulink>.</para> - </section> -</chapter> - - -  -</book> + ]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> + <bookinfo> + <title>jBPM Tools Reference Guide</title> + <corpauthor> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/jbosstools_logo.png" format="PNG"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </corpauthor> + + <author> + <firstname>Anatoly</firstname> + <surname>Fedosik</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Koen</firstname> + <surname>Aers</surname> + <email>koen.aers(a)jboss.com</email> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Olga</firstname> + <surname>Chikvina</surname> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Svetlana</firstname> + <surname>Mukhina</surname> + <email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email> + </author> + <author> + <firstname>Tom</firstname> + <surname>Baeyens</surname> + <email>tom.baeyens(a)jboss.com</email> + </author> + + <copyright> + <year>2007</year> + <year>2009</year> + <year diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">2010</diffmk:wrapper></year> + <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> + </copyright> + <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> Version: 4.0.0.trunk</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo> + +<abstract> + <title></title> + <para> + <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/jbpm/pdf/JBPM_Refere...">PDF version</ulink> + </para> +</abstract> + + </bookinfo> + + <toc></toc> + +<chapter id="Introduction" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Introduction.xml" xreflabel="Introduction"> + <?dbhtml filename="TargetAudience.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>jBPM</keyword> + <keyword>Target</keyword> + <keyword>developers</keyword> + <keyword>Audience</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + <title>Introduction</title> + <para>All developers and process analysts who are beginning to use JBoss jBPM should read this + Getting Started guide. It will give them a jumpstart showing how to create a process definition.</para> + <section id="Preface"> + <?dbhtml filename="Preface.html"?> + <title>Preface</title> + <para>This document introduces the use of the JBoss jBPM Graphical Process Designer (GPD) to + create workflow processes. It will help first time users with the following tasks :</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Install the JBoss jBPM GPD Eclipse plugin available from the JBoss jBPM download + area</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Set up a Java project in Eclipse and prepare it to do test driven process + development</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Using the creation wizard to create an empty process definition</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Use the designer palette to draw the first processdefinition</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Show how the xml processdefinition can be inspected as an xml file</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Set up a Java project in Eclipse and prepare it to do test driven process + development</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Write an example process test case</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>If you have questions, please feel free to contact <ulink url="mailto:koen.aers@jboss.com">Koen Aers</ulink> or <ulink url="mailto:tom.baeyens@jboss.com">Tom Baeyens</ulink> for more + information.</para> + </section> + + <section id="feature_list"> + + <title>Feature list</title> + + <para> JBoss jBPM is a workflow that enables creating and automatization business processes. Look + at the list of features below to understand its main functionality.</para> + <table> + <title>Key Functionality for JBoss jBPM</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Feature</entry> + <entry>Benefit</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="minimal_process_definition">jBDL support</link> + </entry> + <entry>Enables managing workflow processes as well as human tasks and interactions between + them. jBDL combines the best both Java and declarative process techniques.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD">Support of Graphical Process Designer (GPD)</link> + </entry> + <entry>Is used for simplifying declarative process development and visualizations of all + actions.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="CreatingjBPMProject">Project Creation wizard</link> + </entry> + <entry>Allows to create a new jBPM template project that already includes all advanced + artifacts and core jBPM libraries.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="minimal_process_definition">Rich palette of pre-build process nodes</link> + </entry> + <entry>Provides process-building functionality and gives opportunity even non-programmers to + develop processes.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="the_views">A large range of special views, including:</link> + </entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="source_mode">Support of XML code view</link> + </entry> + <entry>Shows the corresponding XML that's generated automatically in the Source view + of the process definition editor when developing the process.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="the_properties_view">Properties view</link> + </entry> + <entry>Facilitates configuring and editing of all nodes properties.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <link linkend="jbpm_gpd_editor">The jBPM Graphical Process Designer editor</link> + </entry> + <entry>The plugin is used for designing the workflow.</entry> + </row> + + + <row> + <entry>Interaction with all of the J2EE based integration technologies including Web Services, + Java Messaging, J2EE Connectors, JBDC, EJBs.</entry> + <entry>Enables implementation, provides better functionality and flexibility.</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry>Integration with jBoss Seam</entry> + <entry>Allows to write applications with complex workflows and provides easier interactions + between them.</entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> + <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools release documentation you can find at<ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/">http://docs.jboss.org/tools</ulink> in the corresponding release directory.</para> + <para>There is some extra information on <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/community/wiki/JBPMWiki">JBoss Wiki. </ulink></para> + <para>The latest documentation builds are available at <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs</ulink>.</para> + </section> + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation.xml" xreflabel="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation"> + <?dbhtml filename="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>jBPM</keyword> + <keyword>designer</keyword> + <keyword>process</keyword> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>jBPM runtime</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + <title>JBoss jBPM Runtime Installation</title> + <para>The main purpose of this chapter is to let you know how to launch the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + jBPM</property> (business process management).</para> + <para>The jBPM plugin (jBPM Designer) is already included in the <property>JBoss Tools</property>. + To make it work, you should only download the jBPM runtime (<ulink + url="http://sourceforge.net/project/showfiles.php?group_id=70542&package_i..." + >jbpm-jpdl-3.2.3</ulink> currently) and specify the directory where you extracted the runtime + either when you create a jBPM project or by using the jBPM preference pages.</para> + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>Try to avoid using spaces in the names of installation folders. It can provoke problems in + some situations with Sun-based VMs.</para> + </note> + + <para>Navigate to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > JBoss jBPM > Runtime Locations</property>. + </emphasis> Here you can add, edit and remove JBoss jBPM installation locations. Click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Add</property> + </emphasis> button. In the dialog that appeared enter a name for a newly added jBPM runtime and + point to the correct location of this package on your harddrive. Click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> + </emphasis> then click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> + </emphasis> again.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding jBPM Location</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtime_installation/runtime_installation_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Now, when you have a runtime installed, we are going to demonstrate some powerful features of + the jBPM.</para> +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd.xml" xreflabel="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD"> + <?dbhtml filename="GuidedTourJBossjBPMGPD.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>jBPM</keyword> + <keyword>JBoss</keyword> + <keyword>Process</keyword> + <keyword>Definition</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + <title>A Guided Tour of JBoss jBPM GPD</title> + <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating and configuring your + own simple process. Let's try to organize a new jBPM project.</para> + <para>A wizard for creating a jBPM project is included in the GPD plugin. We have opted to + create a project based on a template already containing a number of advanced artifacts that + we will ignore for this section. In the future we will elaborate this wizard and offer the + possibility to create an empty jBPM project as well as projects based on templates taken + from the jBPM tutorial.</para> + <section id="CreatingjBPMProject"> + <?dbhtml filename="CreatingjBPMProject.html"?> + <title>Creating a jBPM Project</title> + <para>This section will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating a new jBPM + project with already included source folders.</para> + <para>At first you should select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">File >New Project...</property> + </emphasis> and then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM > Process Project</property> + </emphasis> in the New Project dialog:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>New Project Dialog</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para> Clicking <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> + </emphasis> brings us to the wizard page where it's necessary to specify the + name and location for the project. We choose, for example, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">HellojBPM</property> + </emphasis> as the name and accept the default location. </para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Process Name and Location</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Thus, our project will be created in the workspace root directory by default. If you + want to change the directory for your future project, deselect <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Use default location</property> + </emphasis> and click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property> + </emphasis> button to set needed location or simply type it.</para> + <para>On the next screen you'll be prompted to select the core jBPM location that + we have defined in the previous chapter.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Core jBPM Location Specifying</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_9.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Clicking on <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> results in the project being generated. The wizard creates four source + folders: one for the processes (<emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">src/main/jpdl</property> + </emphasis>), one for the java sources (<emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">src/main/java</property> + </emphasis>), one for the unit tests (<emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">src/test/java</property> + </emphasis>) and one for the resources such as the jbpm.properties and the + hibernate.properties files (<emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">src/main/config</property> + </emphasis>). In addition a classpath container with all the core jBPM libraries is + added to the project</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Layout of the Process Project</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Looking inside the different source folders will reveal a number of other artifacts + that were generated, but we will leave these untouched for the moment. Instead, we will + look at another wizard that enables us to create an empty process definition.</para> + </section> + <section id="creating_an_empty_process_definition"> + <?dbhtml filename="creating_an_empty_process_definition.html"?> + <title>Creating an Empty Process Definition</title> + <para>Now when the project is set up, we can use a Creation wizard to create an empty + process definition. Bring up the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">New</property> + </emphasis> wizard by clicking the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property> + </emphasis> menu item. The wizard opens on the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Select Wizard</property> + </emphasis> page.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Select Wizard Page</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Selecting the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM</property> + </emphasis> category, then the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Process Definition</property> + </emphasis> item and clicking on the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> + </emphasis> button brings us to the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Create Process Definition</property> + </emphasis> page.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Create New Process Defining Page</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>We choose <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">hello</property> + </emphasis> as the name of the process archive file. Click on the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> button to end the wizard and open the process definition editor.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Process Definition Editor</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_6.png" scale="60"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + + <para>You can see in the Package Explorer that creating a process definition involves + creating a folder with the name of the process definition and populating this folder + with two .xml files : <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">gpd.xml</property> + </emphasis> and <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">processdefinition.xml</property>. </emphasis></para> + <para>The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">gpd.xml</property> + </emphasis> contains the graphical information used by the process definition editor. + The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">processdefinition.xml</property> + </emphasis> file contains the actual process definition info without the graphical + rendering info. At present, the GPD assumes that these two files are siblings. More + sophisticated configuration will be supported later.</para> + + <section id="minimal_process_definition"> + <?dbhtml filename="minimal_process_definition.html"?> + <title>A Minimal Process Definition</title> + <para>Now we are ready to create a very simple process definition consisting of a begin + state, an intermediate state and an end state.</para> + <para>To make the configuration of actions much easier it's better to use the + jPDL perspective. It provides the tabbed Properties Editor which allows to configure + all the relevant properties of the current selected item. </para> + + <section id="adding_the_nodes"> + <?dbhtml filename="adding_the_nodes.html"?> + <title>Adding the Nodes</title> + <para>At first select respectively <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>, </emphasis> + <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">State</property> + </emphasis> and <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">End</property> + </emphasis> on the tools palette and click on the canvas to add these nodes to + the process definition. The result should look similar to this:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>A Simple Process With Three Nodes</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_7.png" scale="60"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + <section id="adding_transitions"> + <?dbhtml filename="adding_transitions.html"?> + <title>Adding Transitions</title> + <para>Then, we will connect the nodes with transitions. To do that select the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Transition</property> + </emphasis> tool in the tools palette and click on the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Start</property> + </emphasis> node, then move to the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">State</property> + </emphasis> node and click again to see the transition being drawn. Perform the + same steps to create a transition from the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">State</property> + </emphasis> node to the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">End</property> + </emphasis> node. The result will look like:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>A Simple Process With Transitions</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/guided_tour_jboss_jbpmgpd/guided_tour_8.png" scale="60"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Now, when you've got background knowledge of simple project creation, + let's move to more advanced tools.</para> + </section> + </section> + </section> + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="the_views" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/the_views.xml" xreflabel="the_views"> + <?dbhtml filename="the_views.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>jBPM</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>The views</title> + + <para>Here, it will be explained how to work with views and editors provided by JBDS.</para> + <para>The views are used for representation and navigation the resources you are working on at + the moment. One of the advantages of all the views is that all modifications made in the + current active file are immediately displayed in them. Let’s get acquainted more closely + with those that the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> provides. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The jPDL Perspective Views and Editors</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_0.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>As you can see in the picture above, the <property moreinfo="none">jPDL perspective</property> contains a + complete set of functionality that's necessary for working on the jBPM project.</para> + + <section id="the_outline_view"> + <?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?> + <title>The Outline View</title> + <para>To have a way to quickly see an outline of the process use the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property> + </emphasis> that is presented as the classical tree. If it is not visible select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show view > Outline</property>. </emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Overview View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <section id="the_overview"> + <?dbhtml filename="the_outline_view.html"?> + <title>The Overview</title> + <para>The main advantage of this view is that it gives visual representation of the whole + current developing process. Besides, the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Overview</property> + </emphasis> comes as a scrollable thumbnail which enables a better navigation of the + process structure if it's too large.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Overview</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <section id="the_properties_view"> + <?dbhtml filename="the_properties_view.html"?> + <title>The Properties View</title> + <para> Here, we dwell on the JBDS <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>.</para> + <para>Notice if it's not visible you can access it by navigating <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show view > Properties</property>. </emphasis></para> + <para>The view shows the relevant properties of the selected item in the tabbed form. Every + item has its own set of properties, which can be directly editable in the Properties + view or by brining up the context menu.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Properties View of selected Transition</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>For example, on the picture above the Properties view displays all the properties for + a selected transition. Its name has been changed to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">to_auction</property>. </emphasis> We've done it directly in + active General tab of the view. The same way let's change the name for the + second transition to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">to_end</property>. </emphasis></para> + <para>If no one item is selected, the view represents the properties of the whole process + definition. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Properties View of Process Definition</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In this case, it contains six tabs. The first one is the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">General</property>.</emphasis> It allows to specify a process name and add + necessary description. To illustrate let's change the process definition name + to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">jbay</property>. </emphasis></para> + </section> + + <section id="jbpm_gpd_editor"> + <?dbhtml filename="direct_editing.html"?> + <title>The jBPM Graphical Process Designer editor.</title> + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">jBPM GPD editor</property> includes four modes: Diagram, Deployment, + Design and Source, which are available as switchable tabs at the bottom of the editor. + Let's dwell on each of them.</para> + + <section id="the_diagram_mode"> + <title>The Diagram mode</title> + <para> In this mode we define the process in the form of a diagram by means of tools + provided on the left-hand side of the jBPM GPD. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Diagram mode</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Besides, some properties can be directly edited in the <property moreinfo="none">Diagram + mode</property> of the graphical editor. One example of this is the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">name</property> + </emphasis> property of nodes. You can edit this directly by selecting the node of + which you want to change the name and then click once inside this node. This enables + an editor in the node. We change the name of the node to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">auction</property>. </emphasis></para> + </section> + + <section id="source_mode"> + <?dbhtml filename="the_source_view.html"?> + <title>The Source Mode</title> + <para>Now, that we have defined a simple process definition, we can have a look at the + XML that is being generated under the covers. To see this XML click on the Source + tab of the graphical process designer editor.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Source Mode</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_6.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Source mode</property> enables to easily manipulate our XML. That is + manually inserting and editing necessary elements or attributes. In addition, here + you can take advantage of content assist.</para> + </section> + + <section id="design_mode"> + <?dbhtml filename="the_design_view.html"?> + <title>The Design Mode</title> + <para>One more way to edit your file is to use <property moreinfo="none">Design mode</property>. You can + see it in the next picture:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Design Mode</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_7.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>As you can see above, this mode looks like a table in the first column of which + the process structure is performed. Here, you can also insert, remove and edit + elements or attributes, moreover add comments and instructions. Their values can be + directly edited in the second column of the Design mode table.</para> + <para>For instance, let’s add a comment on the second transition. For that, you should + bring up the context menu for it and choose <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Add Before > Comment</property>. </emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding a Comment</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_8.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Then, we can put the text <emphasis>This transition leads to the end + state</emphasis> in the right column as its value.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Comment is added</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_9.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + + <section id="deployment_mode"> + <?dbhtml filename="the_deployment_view.html"?> + <title>The Deployment Mode</title> + <para>Finally, to adjust the deployment settings of the project you should switch on to + the tab that opens the <property moreinfo="none">Deployment mode</property>. On the picture below + the <property moreinfo="none">Deployment mode</property> is performed with default settings. Here, + you can easily modify them or, if the settings won't match your needs, to + reset defaults. </para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Deployment Mode</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/the_views/the_views_10.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The button <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Test Connections</property> + </emphasis> is necessary to make sure whether all your settings are valid before + deploying the process.</para> + <para>Now that we've seen how to work with <property moreinfo="none">jPDL + perspective</property>, let's pass on to the project testing.</para> + </section> + </section> +</chapter> + +<chapter id="Test_Drive_Proc_Development" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Test_Drive_Proc.xml" xreflabel="Test_Drive_Proc_Development"> + <?dbhtml filename="Test_Drive_Proc_Development.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>jBPM</keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + <title>Test Driven Process Development</title> + + <para> One of the most important advantages of JBoss jBPM's lightweight approach to BPM + and workflow management is that developers can easily leverage their usual programming + skills and techniques. One of these well-known techniques is Unit Testing and Test Driven + Development. </para> + <para>In this chapter we will show how developers, making use of the JBoss jBPM GPD, can use a + technique we have baptized <property moreinfo="none">Test Driven Process Development</property> to create + process definitions and test their correctness. </para> + + <para> When creating the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">HellojBPM</property> + </emphasis> project the Project Creation wizard has already put in place all the library + requirements we need to start writing the jBPM unit tests. They are contained in the jBPM + Library container and the most important of them is the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property> + </emphasis> file containing the core jBPM classes. While working on the project you could + find them all in the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property>.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The jBPM Libraries</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>It must be noted that it is possible to change the location of the core jBPM installation + by changing the preference settings. More on this <link linkend="change_core_jbpm_inst">see + later</link> in this book.</para> + + <para> With that extra knowledge on the project settings, you can create your first test. To do + this, we create the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">com.jbay</property> + </emphasis> package in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">test/java</property> + </emphasis> source folder. Then we bring up the context menu on this package and select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">New > Other...</property> + </emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Call the JUnit Test Case Creation wizard</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> And then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Java > JUnit > JUnit Test Case</property> + </emphasis> to call the specialized JUnite Test case creation wizard.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Call the JUnit Test Case Creation wizard</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The wizard looks as follows:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Create Test Dialog</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>By default JUnite 3 version of testing framework is selected. Of course, you can choose + new advanced JUnit 4 version. In this case you'll be prompted to add new JUnit + Library to your build path. To add it automatically just click on the appropriate link. In + the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Class under test</property> + </emphasis> section you can specify the class to test.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>A First Test Scenario</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Then, we call the test class <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">HelloTest</property> + </emphasis> and press <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> button to complete.</para> + + <para> Next, we should write a simple test scenario as shown on the next figure. Let's + study the code of this test case. </para> + + <figure float="0" id="hello_test"> + <title>A First Test Scenario</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_6.png" scale="75"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In the first line of the method, a jBPM process archive object is created. We use a + constructor accepting the filename of the archive. In our case it is the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">hello</property> + </emphasis> file we created earlier and which lives in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">src/main/jpdl</property> + </emphasis> folder of our project. After asserting that this object is really created, we + extract a process definition object from it. This object is fed to the constructor of a + process instance object. We have a process instance object, but this process is not yet + started, so we can safely assert that its root token still resides in the start node. After + signalling the token will move to the next state and the process will be in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">auction</property> + </emphasis> state. Finally another signal will end the process. </para> + + + <para> After writing this test we can check whether it works as expected by running it .</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Running the Process Test</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_7.png" scale="75"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>All went well as we have a green light:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Successful Test Run</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Test_Drive_Proc/test_driv_proc_8.png" scale="75"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> Of course, this simple scenario was not very interesting, but the purpose of it was to + show how you can reuse your development skills in a very straightforward way when doing + process development. To see how more interesting processes and process test + scenario's can be developed, we suggest you to read the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.com/jbpm/v3/userguide/">JBoss jBPM User Guide</ulink> and to + study the API reference. You can find it in the jBPM download folder. (To get started we + downloaded jbpm-jpdl-3.2.2 in <link linkend="jboss_jbpm_runtime_installation">the second + chapter</link>. You should just remember where you extracted it.) All we've mentioned are in the 'javadoc- *' subfolders of the 'doc' folder. + Moreover, some more examples will be given later in this book.</para> + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech.xml" xreflabel="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech"> + <?dbhtml filename="The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>jBPM</keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + <title>Actions : The JBoss jBPM Integration Mechanism</title> + + <para> In this chapter we will show how to do software integration with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + jBPM</property>. The standard mechanism to implement this is to wrap the functionality you + want to integrate in a class that implements the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> + </emphasis> interface. In order to demonstrate it let's specify Hello World action for our + process.</para> + + <section> + <title>Creating a Hello World Action</title> + + <para>Each Hello World process should integrate one or more Hello World actions, so this is + what we will be doing. We can integrate custom code at different points in the process + definition. To do this we have to specify an action handler, represented by an + implementation of the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> + </emphasis> interface, and attach this piece of code to a particular event. These events + are amongst others, going over a transition, leaving or entering nodes, after and before + signalling. </para> + + <para> To make things a little bit more concrete, let's create a new class called <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property>. + </emphasis> For that firstly we'll create a new package <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">com.jbay.action</property> + </emphasis> in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">src/java/main</property> + </emphasis> folder of our project. Then, we should call New Class Creation wizard as + usual by right-clicking and navigating <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">New > Class</property>. + </emphasis> </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Creating HelloActionHendler Class</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Notice that two first gaps have been filled automatically. Here, instead of <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Package</property> + </emphasis> option <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Enclose type</property> + </emphasis> option can be selected where a type in which to enclose a new class should + be specified.</para> + + <para>In our case, we leave everything as it is, just type <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property> + </emphasis> as a name of new class and add <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">org.jbpm.graph.ActionHendler</property> + </emphasis> interface as it's shown in the picture above.</para> + + <para>Thus, our <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property> + </emphasis> implements the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> + </emphasis> interface including the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">execute</property> + </emphasis> method as shown in the next figure. Here, we add a variable named <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property> + </emphasis> to the collection of process variables and put a message in it : + <emphasis>"Hello from ActionHandler"</emphasis>. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>A Simple Hello Action</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_2.png" scale="75"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Now, as we have <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">HelloActionHandler</property> + </emphasis> class defined, let's explore how we can handle it.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Integrating the Hello World Action</title> + + <para>The main purpose of this chapter is to provide you with the steps associating our + Hello World action with a particular event and test the correctness of our actions as + well.</para> + + <para> As good Testcity citizens we will first create a Unit Test that proves the behaviour + we want to achieve by adding the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">ActionHandler</property> + </emphasis> to the process. So we implement another test.</para> + + <para>At first, let's return to the + code we already saw <link linkend="hello_test">in the previous chapter</link> and add new test method <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">testActionHendler</property></emphasis> to it. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Create the Hello Action Test</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_3.png" scale="75"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>We assert + that no variable called <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property> + </emphasis> exist. Then we give the process a signal to move it to the auction state. We + want to associate the execution of the action with the event of going over the + transition from the start state to the auction state. So after the signal, the process + should be in the auction state as in the previous scenario. But moreover, the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">greeting</property> + </emphasis> variable should exist and contain the string <emphasis>"Hello from + ActionHandler"</emphasis>. That's what we assert in the last lines of the test + method.</para> + + + + <para> Running the tests now results in a failure. The point is that we did not associate + the action with any particular event in the process definition, so the process variable + did not get set. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Test Results Before Integration</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_4.png" scale="75"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> Let's do something about it and add an action to the first transition of our + sample process. To do this you can use the Actions tab in the Properties Editor that is + under the graphical canvas. Bring up the popup menu of the action element container and + chose New Action as it's shown on the figure below. The other way to add an action + to the transition is simply to use the dropdown menu that is available under the action + icon in the right upper corner of the Properties View.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding an Action to a Transition</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_5.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>After adding the action a tabbed view with three pages will appear.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Configuration Dialog for an Action</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_6.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The first of these three pages allows you to give the Action a name. The last page + contains some advanced attributes such as whether the Action is asynchronous. The + Details page is the most important. It allows to choose and configure the actual action + handler implementation. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Details page of an Action Configuration Dialog</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_7.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + + <para>Clicking on the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Search...</property> + </emphasis> button brings us to a Choose Class dialog.</para> + + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Choose Action Handler Dialog</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_8.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + + <para> We choose our previously created 'HelloActionHandler' class and + push the <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> button. After the selection of the action handler for + the action, we can run the test and observe it gives us a green light.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Test Results</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/The_JBoss_jBPM_Int_Mech/jboss_jbpm_int_mech_9.png" scale="70"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>There we are. The above objective has been achieved.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title> Integration Points</title> + + <para> The different integration points in a process definition are thoroughly documented in + the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.com/jbpm/v3/userguide/">JBoss jBPM User Guide</ulink>. Instance nodes can contain many action + elements. Each of these will appear in the Action element list of the Actions tab. But + each Action also has a properties view of itself. You can navigate to this view by + selecting the added Action in the outline view. </para> + + </section> + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="Quick_Howto_Guide" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/jbpm/docs/reference/en/modules/Quick_Howto_Guide.xml" xreflabel="Quick_Howto_Guide"> + <?dbhtml filename="Quick_Howto_Guide.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>jBPM</keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + <keyword></keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + <title>Quick Howto Guide</title> + + <para>This chapter contains additional information related to the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + jBPM</property>.</para> + + <section id="change_core_jbpm_inst"> + <title>Change the Default Core jBPM Installation</title> + + <para> You can change the default <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property> installation by means of the + Eclipse preference mechanism. Open the Preferences dialog by selecting <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences</property> + </emphasis> and select the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss jBPM > Runtime Location</property> + </emphasis> category. Using this page you can add multiple <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property> + installation locations and change the default one. The default installation is used for + the classpath settings when creating a new Process Project. Changing the preferences has + no influence on already created projects. Getting rid of a <property moreinfo="none">jBPM</property> + installation that's being referenced by a project however will cause the + classpath to contain errors. </para> + + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The jBPM Preferences Page</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Configuring Task Nodes</title> + + <para>Here, we'll examine how you can configure the Task nodes in jBPM jPDL GPD.</para> + + <para> You can add Tasks to Task nodes and then configure them in a similar manner as the + Action configuration mechanism. Let's consider the process definition similar + to the previous one that contains three nodes: Start state, Task node and End state. The + <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> for selected Task node includes several tabs. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Properties View of the selected Task Node</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_2.png" scale="75"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>We should choose the Task tab and then bring up the context menu or click the button + in the top right corner of the view to add a Task to our Task node.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding a Task to the Task Node</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_3.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Every added Task has its own configuration possibilities. You can access them through + the <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property> as well.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Task properties</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_4.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">General page</property> is a place where you can specify the name of a + Task and its description. For instance, let it be <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">approve oder</property> + </emphasis> with appropriate description that you can see in the figure below.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Task General Page</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_5.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Now, look at <property moreinfo="none">Details page</property>. First, you should specify the due date + that is a mandatory property for the Task. The due date is the date on which the task + should be accomplished. Here you can also set a Task priority as well as signalling, + notifying or blocking. The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Blocking</property> + </emphasis> attribute indicates that the process will not be able to continue if this + task is still unaccomplished. The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Generate Form...</property> + </emphasis> button is for creating a simple task form that can be rendered by the jBPM + console.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Task Details Page</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_6.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>For our example, we specify the due date as 2 business days, choose the high priority + and also check the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Signalling</property> + </emphasis> and <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Notify</property> + </emphasis> attributes. It means that the Task should be accomplished in 2 business days + and the assignee will be notified by email when the task is assigned. To specify how the + Task should be assigned switch on to the <property moreinfo="none">Assignment page</property>.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Task Assignment Page</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_7.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>On the <property moreinfo="none">Reminder page</property> you can specify whether the assignee will be reminded of the task + that awaits him.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Task Reminder Page</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_8.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In our case, the assignee will be reminded by email after two business hours and + continue to get reminding every business hour after that.</para> + <para>In the next figure you can see our configuring generated into XML.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Task Reminder Page</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/Quick_Howto_Guide/quick_howto_guide_9.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>We hope, our guide will help you to get started with the jPDL process language and jBPM + workflow on the whole. Besides, for additional information you are welcome on <ulink + url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss forum</ulink>.</para> + </section> +</chapter> + + +  +</book>

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20330 - in trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en: images/esb_editor and 1 other directory.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: ochikvina Date: 2010-02-17 14:06:20 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20330 Modified: trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master.xml trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml Log: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style="font-size:9pt;font-family:Sans Serif"> <p>https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-1104 - Updated versions,corrected master_output file</p> </body></html> Modified: trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png =================================================================== (Binary files differ) Modified: trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master.xml 2010-02-17 18:57:28 UTC (rev 20329) +++ trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master.xml 2010-02-17 19:06:20 UTC (rev 20330) @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ <author><firstname>Tatyana</firstname><surname>Romanovich</surname></author> <copyright> - <year>2007</year> + <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> - <year>2009</year> + <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> </copyright> <releaseinfo> - Version: 1.3.0.M2 + Version: 1.3.0.CR2 </releaseinfo> <abstract> @@ -62,4 +62,4 @@ &esb_support; &esb_editor; -</book> +</book> Modified: trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 18:57:28 UTC (rev 20329) +++ trunk/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 19:06:20 UTC (rev 20330) @@ -18,985 +18,1034 @@ <!ENTITY strutsreflink "../../struts_tools_ref_guide/html_single/index.html"> <!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html"> -]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> - - <bookinfo> - <title>ESB Tools Reference Guide</title> - - <corpauthor> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/jbosstools_logo.png" format="PNG"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> - </corpauthor> - <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author> - <author><firstname>Tatyana</firstname><surname>Romanovich</surname></author> - - <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate> - <copyright> - <year>2007</year> - <year>2009</year> - <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> - </copyright> - <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> - Version: 1.3.0.CR1 - </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo> - -<abstract> - <title></title> - <para> - <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/esb_ref_guide/pdf/ES...">PDF version</ulink> - </para> -</abstract> - -</bookinfo> - <toc></toc> - - -<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml"> - <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?> - - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> - <keyword>Java</keyword> - <keyword>JBoss</keyword> - <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword> - <keyword>JBDS</keyword> - <keyword>ESB</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>Introduction</title> - - <section> - - <title>What is ESB?</title> - - <para>ESB (Enterprise Service Bus) - an abstraction layer on top of implementation of an - enterprise messaging system that provides the features Service Oriented - Architectures may be implemented with.</para> - <para>If you want to develop applications using ESB technology JBoss ESB also meets your - needs. The JBoss Tools provide an ESB editor and all necessary wizards for creating an ESB - file.</para> - <para>In this guide we provide you with the information on JBoss ESB support (installation, configuration and deployment) and usage of ESB Editor which allows you to - develop an ESB file much faster and with far fewer errors so sparing your time.</para> - - </section> - -<section> - <title>Key Features of ESB Tools</title> - <para>For a start, we propose you to look through the table of main features of ESB plugin:</para> - - <table> - - <title>Key Functionality of ESB Tools</title> - <tgroup cols="3"> - - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec> - <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec> - - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Feature</entry> - <entry>Benefit</entry> - <entry>Chapter</entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - - <row> - <entry><para>JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</para></entry> - <entry><para>Some kinds of projects with predefined structure are available for usage.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="ESB_project_wizard">Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</link> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry><para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform</para></entry> - <entry><para>The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB, jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="using_SOA">using and configuring SOA Platform</link> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry><para>ESB Editor</para></entry> - <entry><para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features including syntax validation, support for XML Schema and other.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="esb_editor">ESB editor</link> - </entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - - </tgroup> - </table> - - -</section> - - - <section> - <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> - - <para>You can find a set of benefits and other extra information on:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para> - <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb">JBoss ESB</ulink> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <ulink url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossESB">JBoss Wiki</ulink> - </para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para> - <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/docs/index.html">JBoss ESB - Documentation Library</ulink> - </para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>The latest <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools/JBoss Developer Studio</property> documentation - builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/"> JBoss Tools nightly documentation page</ulink>.</para> - - </section> -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="esb_support" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_support.xml"> - <?dbhtml filename="esb_support.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> - <keyword>ESB</keyword> - <keyword>Java</keyword> - <keyword>JBoss</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>ESB Support</title> - - <para>In this section we will focus on all concepts that <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> - integrate for working with JBoss ESB.</para> - - <section> - <title>ESB Tools Installation</title> - - <para>This chapter will provide you with the information on how to install - JBoss ESB plugin into Eclipse.</para> - - <para>ESB Tools come as one module of JBoss Tools project. Since ESB Tools have a - dependence on other JBoss Tools modules we recommend you to install a bundle - of all <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/tools/download.html">JBoss - Tools plug-ins</ulink>. You can find all necessary installation instructions on JBoss Wiki in the <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/wiki/InstallingJBossTools">InstallingJBossTools</ulink> section.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Creating a ESB Project</title> - <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating a new - ESB project. Let's try to create a new JBoss ESB project.</para> - - <para>We will show you how to use the ESB Project Creation wizard for creating a new ESB project and setting basic ESB classpath.</para> - - <para>Select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Project...</property> - </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and - then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB Project</property> - </emphasis> in the dialog opened:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Select a Wizard dialog</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/01_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Clicking <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> brings you to the JBoss ESB Project wizard page where a project name, ESB version and target JBoss Runtime are to be specified. Specify, for example, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">helloworld</property> - </emphasis> as a Project name and accept the default ESB version.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>JBoss ESB Project wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/02_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Clicking <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> brings you to the ESB facet installation page where you can - specify Java Source Directory and ESB Content Directory. ESB Content Directory is a folder that contains the most of - artifacts that an ESB archive needs. You also can configure ESB libraries to the project by selecting a ESB runtime using one of the options: - </para> - <para>1. Use <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Server Supplied ESB Runtime</property> - </emphasis> - - </para> - <para> 2. Select a ESB runtime from the JBoss ESB runtime list predefined in the preferences. If you choose the first option, make sure that the project has the Target JBoss Runtime set and this runtime has a ESB runtime installed. - </para> - <para>3. Choose ESB Config Vertion. From the version 4.5 JBoss ESB supports two different jboss-esb.xsd versions: jbossesb-1.0.1.xsd and jbossesb-1.1.0.xsd.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Install ESB facet step</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/03_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> and a ESB project with the default <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property></emphasis> - will be created. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The generated ESB project structure</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/04_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - - <section id="ESB_project_wizard" xreflabel="here"> - <title>Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</title> - <para>JBoss Tools provides a Project Example wizard that is an easy way for users to create some kinds of projects to be used as examples with some predefined structure. Let's start - creating a ESB project using this wizard.</para> - - <para>Before creating a ESB project example create JBoss Runtime with name <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> - JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis>, it will be used by your ESB project example. </para> - - <para>Select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Others </property> - </emphasis> , in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and - then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Project Examples</property> - </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Select a wizard - Project Examples</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/05_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Clicking <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where you can select a ESB project example from the example list. - Every ESB example has two projects, one is a ESB project and another is a Java project used to test the ESB project.</para> - <para>Here is a list of ready examples available:</para> - - <itemizedlist> - - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the minimal files necessary to make a basic ESB component execute as well as to prove that the ESB os properly configured.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Action Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the use of multiple action invocations from a single configuration. You can use a single Action class and make multiple method calls or use multiple Action classes. </para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld File Action Example</emphasis> - demonstrates using the File gateway feature of the JBoss ESB. Files that are found in a particular directory with a particular extension are sent to a JMS queue with actions for processing.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service consumer1 Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to consume a 181 Web Service in an ESB action.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service producer Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to deploy a JSR181 Webservice endpoint on JBossESB using the SOAPProcessor action.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks CSV -> XML Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to transform a comma separated value (CSV) file to an XML.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> POJO Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the use of Smooks performing a simple transformation by converting an XML file into Java POJOs.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML date-manipulation Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB.</para></listitem> - <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML Example</emphasis> - a very basic example of how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB. It applies a very simple XSLT to a SampleOrder.xml message and prints the before and after XML to the console. </para></listitem> - - </itemizedlist> - - - - <para>We will take as our example <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</property> </emphasis> ESB and Client project:</para> - - - <figure float="0"> - <title>JBoss Tools ESB Project Examples</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/06_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - - <para>Choose them using the Ctrl button and then click - <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>. As a result you will get two projects created:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>JBoss ESB Project Examples: helloworld and helloworld_testclient</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/07_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Deploy the HelloWorld ESB project and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Deploying a ESB Project</title> - <para>In this chapter you will see how to deploy a ESB project using the WTP deployment framework.</para> - - <para>Before deploying the project, open the JBoss Server View by selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > - Server > JBoss Server View</property></emphasis>, - create a JBoss Server in the Server view and start it, and then right click the created JBoss server, - select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> </property> Add and Remove Projects</emphasis>, - and add the ESB projects you want to deploy from the left side to the right side in the opened dialog. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Add and Remove Projects</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/08_esb_project_deploy.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> to add the project to the server. - You also can drag the ESB project from the Project View to the server.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>JBoss Server View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/09_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Thus, you have just added the ESB project to the JBoss server module list. Right click the JBoss Server and select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Publish</property></emphasis> to publish the project on the server. - You can check the deploying result in the Console view.</para> - <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run</property></emphasis> and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Debug</property></emphasis> options work on ESB projects causing a (re)deploy for a user designated server.</para> - <para>You can also use the "Finger touch" for a quick restart of the project without restarting the server:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Finger Touch button</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/23_finger_touch.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on project (i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR) and now it is also available for jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects.</para> - <para>You can also deploy your ESB project as an .esb archive. Right-click on the project, choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Export</property></emphasis>:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Export of ESB project</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/24_export_button.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">ESB</property></emphasis> > <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">ESB File</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para> - - <figure float="0"><title>Choosing ESB File</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/25_esb_file.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>And finally export the ESB project to the file system: choose the destination, choose the target runtime if need a specific one and make the appropriate settings for the archive. Then click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para> - - <figure float="0"><title>ESB Export</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/26_esb_export.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Your project is deployed as an .esb archive.</para> - <para>An ESB archive can be created for ESB projects only. It is also possible to deploy an .esb archive to a JBoss AS based server with JBoss ESB installed.</para> - - - </section> - - <section> - <title>Creating a ESB File</title> - <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating your own - simple file. Let's try to organize a new ESB file.</para> - - <para>We will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating a new ESB file.</para> - - <para>At first you should open any project. Select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Other...</property> - </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and - then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB File</property> - </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Select a wizard - ESB File</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/01_create_esb.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Clicking <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where a folder, a name and a version for the file should be specified. Choose, for example, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property> - </emphasis> as the name and accept the selected projects folder and the default - version.</para> - - <note><title>Note:</title> - <para>From the version 4.5 JBoss ESB supports two different jboss-esb.xsd versions: jbossesb-1.0.1.xsd and jbossesb-1.1.0.xsd.</para></note> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Folder, Name and Version for ESB file</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/02_create_esb.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Thus, your file will be created in the selected projects folder by default. If - you want to change the folder for your future file click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property> - </emphasis> button to set needed folder or simply type it.</para> - - <para>Clicking on <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> results in the file being generated. The wizard creates one xml - file.</para> - - </section> - - <section role="updated"> - <title>Configuring ESB Runtime in Preferences</title> - <para>In this chapter you will know how to predefine a JBoss ESB runtime on the Preferences page.</para> - - <para>You may already know, there are two ways to set JBoss ESB runtime when creating a ESB project, - one is to use the project target JBoss runtime, and another is to select a JBoss ESB runtime predefined in JBoss Tools preferences. - Let's configure it.</para> - - <para>Select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window >Preferences > JBoss Tools > JBoss ESB Runtime</property> - </emphasis>, to open the JBoss ESB Runtime Preferences page where you can add, remove and Edit a JBoss ESB runtime.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>JBoss ESB Runtimes</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/10_esb_runtime.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para> Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis> to open a dialog where you can specify the JBoss ESB runtime location, name and version number. - You also can customize the libraries of the runtime by checking the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Customize JBoss ESB Runtime jars</property> </emphasis> checkbox. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Configure new JBoss ESB Runtime</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/11_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The new JBoss ESB Runtime will be configured. Click <emphasis> <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> </emphasis> to finish and save the preferences. - You can use the configuration when creating a JBoss ESB project. </para> - <para>When a ESB runtime is configured for your ESB project you are able to change it to any other using the classpath container page for ESB runtime. To do that, turn to the Package Explorer view and right-click the "JBoss ESB Runtime" library. Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis> and a table listing all available JBoss ESB runtimes will appear:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Classpath Container Page to change ESB runtime</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/20_classpath_container.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - - - <para>Choose one of them to set to the ESB project and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para> - <para>ESB container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be set via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis>. Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Java Source Attachment</property></emphasis> and select location (folder, JAR or zip) containing new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace, external folder or file) or enter the path manually:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Classpath Container: Java Source Attachment</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/21_source.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para> - <para>To change Javadoc Location choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Javadoc Location</property></emphasis> and specify URL to the documentation generated by Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a file called <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">package-list</property></emphasis>:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Classpath Container: Javadoc Location</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/22_Javadoc.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para> - - </section> - - - <section id="using_SOA"> - <title>Using and Configuring SOA Platform</title> - - <para>In this chapter you will know what is JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform and how you can configure it to use for your ESB projects. </para> - - <para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform delivers a flexible, standards-based platform to integrate applications, SOA services, business events and automate business processes. The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB, jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para> - <para>Having configured JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform for your ESB project you don't need to install and configure ESB server and runtime as they are already included.</para> - - <para>Check here to find more details on the platform: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa/components">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform Component Details</ulink>.</para> - <para>You can find out what is SOA here: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOABasics.html">Basics of SOA</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOAEOA.html">SOA and EOA</ulink>.</para> - - <para>To configure the JBoss Enterprise SOA platform select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > Server > Runtime Environments</property></emphasis>, that will open the Server Runtime Environments Preferences page where you can add, remove and edit a Server Runtime Environment.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Configure new Server Runtime Environment</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/13NewServerRuntimeEnv.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis>, choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis> as a type of runtime environment, check the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Create a new local server</property></emphasis> checkbox and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Type of Server Runtime Environment</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/14typeOfRuntime.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>On the next step you can specify a name of the server runtime environment and browse to its location. Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> to add the server runtime environment.</para> - - - <figure float="0"> - <title>New Server Runtime Environment Details</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/15AddNew.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Now you have your SOA platform configured. To check the configuration create a ESB Project using instructions described <xref linkend="ESB_project_wizard"></xref>. As a result you will have two projects created:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Helloworld Projects Created</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/16HelloworldProjects.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Then you will need to add JBoss ESB libraries to your projects to configure the SOA server runtime exactly for your projects. Right-click on your project, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Build Path > Add Libraries</property></emphasis>:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Add Libraries</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/17_Add_new_libraries.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB Libraries</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>ESB Libraries</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/18_select_libraries.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Select the necessary runtime to add to the project classpath:</para> - - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Select a ESB runtime</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/19_select_runtime.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para> - <para>Now you can deploy your Helloworld project to the server and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para> - - - -</section> - - - - - - - - - - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="esb_editor" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_editor.xml" xreflabel="esb_editor"> - <?dbhtml filename="esbEditor.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss ESB</keyword> - <keyword>Editor</keyword> - <keyword>ESB</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>ESB Editor</title> - - <para> ESB editor has lots of useful features, they are described in details in this chapter. In - addition you'll get to know with how <property moreinfo="none">ESB Editor</property> uses combined - visual and source editing of esb files.</para> - - <section id="esb_file" role="updated"> - - <title>ESB File Editor</title> - <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB File Editor</property> is a powerful and customizable tool. ESB File - Editor allows developing an application using ESB technology.</para> - - <para>ESB file editor has two tabs: Tree and Source.</para> - - <para>You can switch to Tree. The Tree view for the editor displays all ESB artifacts in a - tree format. By selecting any node you can see and edit its properties which will appear - in the right-hand area. For example, a Provider:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Tree View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/01_esb_tree_view.png" scale="90"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>You can easily switch from Tree to Source by selecting the Source tab at the bottom of - the editor and work in <property moreinfo="none">Source view</property>.</para> - - <figure float="0" id="sourceView"> - <title>Source View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/02_esb_source_view.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The Source view for the editor displays a text content of the ESB file. It is always - synchronized with <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property>, so any changes made in one of the - views will immediately appear in the other.</para> - - <para>No matter what view you select, you get full integration with <property moreinfo="none">Outline - view</property>. For example, you can work in the Source view with the help of the - Outline view. The Outline view shows a tree structure of the ESB file. Simply select any - element in the <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property> and it will jump to the same place in - the Source editor, so you can navigate through the source code with Outline view.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Outline View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/03_esb_outline_view.png" scale="70"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Adding, editing or deleting of some artifacts operations are available right in the - <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> . Right-click any node and select one of the - available actions in the context menu. For example, you can easily add a new Provider:</para> - <para></para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New Provider</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/04_esb_add_provider.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Then you can add Channels and Properties for the Providers the same way or using the forms with <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and - <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons to the right.</para> - - <para>You can easily add a new Service too:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New Service</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/05_esb_add_service.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The same way you can create a listener for service and other elements of ESB:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New Listener for Service</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/06_esb_add_listener.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>The same actions can be done in the right part of <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> tab - (Form editor) using <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and - <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons.</para> - - - <para>In order to add a new generic Action to your ESB XML file you should select the - Actions node under the Services, then right-click and choose <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">New > Generic Action</property>. </emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New Action in the Tree View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/11_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Or instead make use of <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property> - </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Form editor</property> on the left.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New Action in the Form Editor</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>The out-of-the-box action <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Smooks Transformer</property></emphasis> is now deprecated, and replaced by - <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Smooks Action</property>.</emphasis></para> - </note> - - <para>As you can see on the bath figures above, the context menu will also prompt you to - insert one of the Actions that are supplied out-of-the-box with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - ESB</property>. After choosing one an appeared <property moreinfo="none">New Action wizard</property> - will ask you to fill out a name field and other fields specific for each Action - property. For example, for <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Content Based Router</property> - </emphasis> Action the wizard looks as follows:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>New Action Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/13_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>After confirming creating the Action you can see it in the Tree under the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Actions</property> - </emphasis> node and preview as well as edit its settings in the <property moreinfo="none">Form - editor</property> on the left.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Form Editor for Content Based Router</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/14_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB editor</property> can recognize some specific objects. On the figure you - can see <emphasis>org.jboss.soa.esb.actions.ContentBasedRouter</emphasis> in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Class</property> - </emphasis> section.</para> - - </section> - - <section id="esb_editors_features"> - - <title>ESB Editors Features</title> - <para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features that help you easily make use of - content and code assist.</para> - <para>This last chapter covers capabilities on how you can use ESB editor.</para> - - <section id="ESBsyntaxvalidation84"> - - <title>ESB syntax validation</title> - <para>When working in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB editor</property> you are constantly provided - with feedback and contextual error checking as you type. In the Source viewer, if at - any point a tag is incorrect or incomplete, an error will be indicated next to the - line and also in the <property moreinfo="none">Problems view</property> below.</para> - - </section> - - <section id="ESBSupportXMLSchema"> - <title>Support for XML Schema</title> - - <para>JBoss ESB Framework fully <link linkend="sourceView">supports XML files based on - schemas as well as DTDs</link>.</para> - <para>The schema checks the child elements of any kind of provider element; the ESB generates errors on startup if you attempt to define an incorrect combination (e.g.: a jms-bus inside an ftp-provider).</para> - <note><title>Note:</title> - <para>The schema used behind ESB editor now uses the latest version available (from SOA-P 4.3). This removes the errors/warnings some users have reported seeing when using SOA-P specific esb.xml files.</para> </note> - - </section> - -  - - <section id="ESBContentAssist"> - - <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title> - - <para>When you work with any ESB XML file <property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property> is - available to help you. It provides pop-up tip to help you complete your code - statements. It allows you to write your code faster and with more accuracy. Content - assist is always available in the Source mode. Simply type <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property> - </emphasis> to see what is available.</para> - - <para>Content Assist for ESB XML file:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/08_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Content Assist for attributes:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Content Assist for attributes</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/09_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> -  - </section> - - <section id="openOn_for_esb"> - <title>OpenOn for ESB XML file</title> - <para>ESB file comes with the OpenOn feature that allows to make use of multiple file references in the file just with a click and the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl</property></emphasis> key hold down.</para> - - <para>The OpenOn is implemented for different types of files/pages inside the <literal moreinfo="none"><action></literal> tag: .xsd, .xml, etc.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>OpenOn for smooks configuration file</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/openOn2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>It is also available for classes:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>OpenOn for classes</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/openOn1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section id="FullControlOverSourceFiles-SynchronizedSourcAndVisualEditing"> - - <title>Synchronized Source and Visual Editing</title> - - <para>ESB file can be edited in either source or extra visual modes at the same time.</para> - - <para>JBoss Tools provide you two different editors to speed your development: a - graphical view (<property moreinfo="none">Tree</property>) and source (<property moreinfo="none">Source</property>). - At the same time, you always have full control over esb source file. Any changes you - make in the source view will immediately appear in the tree view. Both views are - synchronized, you can edit the file in any view.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/10_esb_features.png" scale="70"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>In summary, this reference supplies you with all necessary information on the - functionality that JBoss ESB Editor provides for work with JBoss ESB.</para> - - <para>We hope, this guide helped you to get started with the JBoss ESB Tools. Besides, for additional information you are welcome on <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss forum</ulink>.</para> - - </section> - </section> -</chapter> - - -</book> +]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> + + <bookinfo> + <title>ESB Tools Reference Guide</title> + + <corpauthor> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/jbosstools_logo.png" format="PNG"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </corpauthor> + <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author> + <author><firstname>Tatyana</firstname><surname>Romanovich</surname></author> + + <copyright> + <year>2007</year> + <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">2008</diffmk:wrapper></year> + <year diffmk:change="added">2009</year> + <year diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">2010</diffmk:wrapper></year> + <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> + </copyright> + <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> + Version: 1.3.0.CR2 + </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo> + +<abstract> + <title></title> + <para> + <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/esb_ref_guide/pdf/ES...">PDF version</ulink> + </para> +</abstract> + +</bookinfo> + <toc></toc> + + +<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/introduction.xml"> + <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?> + + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> + <keyword>Java</keyword> + <keyword>JBoss</keyword> + <keyword>JBoss Tools</keyword> + <keyword>JBDS</keyword> + <keyword>ESB</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>Introduction</title> + + <section> + + <title>What is ESB?</title> + + <para>ESB (Enterprise Service Bus) - an abstraction layer on top of implementation of an + enterprise messaging system that provides the features Service Oriented + Architectures may be implemented with.</para> + <para>If you want to develop applications using ESB technology JBoss ESB also meets your + needs. The JBoss Tools provide an ESB editor and all necessary wizards for creating an ESB + file.</para> + <para>In this guide we provide you with the information on JBoss ESB support (installation, configuration and deployment) and usage of ESB Editor which allows you to + develop an ESB file much faster and with far fewer errors so sparing your time.</para> + + </section> + +<section> + <title>Key Features of ESB Tools</title> + <para>For a start, we propose you to look through the table of main features of ESB plugin:</para> + + <table> + + <title>Key Functionality of ESB Tools</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec> + <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec> + + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Feature</entry> + <entry>Benefit</entry> + <entry>Chapter</entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + + <row> + <entry><para>JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</para></entry> + <entry><para>Some kinds of projects with predefined structure are available for usage.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="ESB_project_wizard">Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</link> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform</para></entry> + <entry><para>The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB, jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="using_SOA">using and configuring SOA Platform</link> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><para>ESB Editor</para></entry> + <entry><para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features including syntax validation, support for XML Schema and other.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="esb_editor">ESB editor</link> + </entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + + </tgroup> + </table> + + +</section> + + + <section> + <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> + + <para>You can find a set of benefits and other extra information on:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb">JBoss ESB</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://wiki.jboss.org/wiki/JBossESB">JBoss Wiki</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> + <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/docs/index.html">JBoss ESB + Documentation Library</ulink> + </para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>The latest <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools/JBoss Developer Studio</property> documentation + builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/"> JBoss Tools nightly documentation page</ulink>.</para> + + </section> +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="esb_support" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_support.xml"> + <?dbhtml filename="esb_support.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> + <keyword>ESB</keyword> + <keyword>Java</keyword> + <keyword>JBoss</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>ESB Support</title> + + <para>In this section we will focus on all concepts that <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> + integrate for working with JBoss ESB.</para> + + <section> + <title>ESB Tools Installation</title> + + <para>This chapter will provide you with the information on how to install + JBoss ESB plugin into Eclipse.</para> + + <para>ESB Tools come as one module of JBoss Tools project. Since ESB Tools have a + dependence on other JBoss Tools modules we recommend you to install a bundle + of all <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/tools/download.html">JBoss + Tools plug-ins</ulink>. You can find all necessary installation instructions on JBoss Wiki in the <ulink url="http://labs.jboss.com/wiki/InstallingJBossTools">InstallingJBossTools</ulink> section.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Creating a ESB Project</title> + <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating a new + ESB project. Let's try to create a new JBoss ESB project.</para> + + <para>We will show you how to use the ESB Project Creation wizard for creating a new ESB project and setting basic ESB classpath.</para> + + <para>Select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Project...</property> + </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and + then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB Project</property> + </emphasis> in the dialog opened:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Select a Wizard dialog</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/01_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> Clicking <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> + </emphasis> brings you to the JBoss ESB Project wizard page where a project name, ESB version and target JBoss Runtime are to be specified. Specify, for example, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">helloworld</property> + </emphasis> as a Project name and accept the default ESB version.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>JBoss ESB Project wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/02_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">By clicking </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Modify</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> button you can open </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Project Facets Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> page,where you can select + facets that should be enabled for this project. + On the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Project Facets Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> page you can also configure runtime for the application</diffmk:wrapper></para> + <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"> + <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Project Facets Wizard</diffmk:wrapper></title> + <mediaobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imageobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_project/02a_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Next step provides you an opportunity to configure your project for building a java application</diffmk:wrapper></para> + + <para> Clicking <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> on this form + </diffmk:wrapper></emphasis> brings you to the ESB facet installation page where you can + specify Java Source Directory and ESB Content Directory. ESB Content Directory is a folder that contains the most of + artifacts that an ESB archive needs. You also can configure ESB libraries to the project by selecting a ESB runtime using one of the options: + </para> + <para>1. Use <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Server Supplied ESB Runtime</property> + </emphasis> + + </para> + <para> 2. Select a ESB runtime from the JBoss ESB runtime list predefined in the preferences. If you choose the first option, make sure that the project has the Target JBoss Runtime set and this runtime has a ESB runtime installed. + </para> + <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">3. Choose ESB Config Vertion. From the version 3.1.0 JBoss ESB Tools supports three different jboss-esb.xsd versions: jbossesb-1.0.1.xsd, jbossesb-1.1.0.xsd and jbossesb-1.2.0.xsd.</diffmk:wrapper></para> + <note diffmk:change="added"><title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Note:</diffmk:wrapper></title> + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you use ESB 4.7 you should select jbossesb-1.2.0.xsd.</diffmk:wrapper></para></note> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Install ESB facet step</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/03_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> and a ESB project with the default <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property></emphasis> + will be created. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The generated ESB project structure</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/04_create_esb_project.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + + <section id="ESB_project_wizard" xreflabel="here"> + <title>Creating ESB Project using JBoss Tools Project Examples Wizard</title> + <para>JBoss Tools provides a Project Example wizard that is an easy way for users to create some kinds of projects to be used as examples with some predefined structure. Let's start + creating a ESB project using this wizard.</para> + + <para>Before creating a ESB project example create JBoss Runtime with name <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> + JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis>, it will be used by your ESB project example. </para> + + <para>Select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Others </property> + </emphasis> , in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and + then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools > Project Examples</property> + </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Select a wizard - Project Examples</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/05_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> Clicking <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> + </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where you can select a ESB project example from the example list. + Every ESB example has two projects, one is a ESB project and another is a Java project used to test the ESB project.</para> + <para>Here is a list of ready examples available:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the minimal files necessary to make a basic ESB component execute as well as to prove that the ESB os properly configured.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Action Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the use of multiple action invocations from a single configuration. You can use a single Action class and make multiple method calls or use multiple Action classes. </para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB HelloWorld File Action Example</emphasis> - demonstrates using the File gateway feature of the JBoss ESB. Files that are found in a particular directory with a particular extension are sent to a JMS queue with actions for processing.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service consumer1 Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to consume a 181 Web Service in an ESB action.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Web Service producer Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to deploy a JSR181 Webservice endpoint on JBossESB using the SOAPProcessor action.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks CSV -> XML Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to transform a comma separated value (CSV) file to an XML.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> POJO Example</emphasis> - demonstrates the use of Smooks performing a simple transformation by converting an XML file into Java POJOs.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML date-manipulation Example</emphasis> - demonstrates how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para><emphasis role="bold">JBoss ESB Smooks XML -> XML Example</emphasis> - a very basic example of how to manually define and apply a Message Transformation within JBoss ESB. It applies a very simple XSLT to a SampleOrder.xml message and prints the before and after XML to the console. </para></listitem> + + </itemizedlist> + + + + <para>We will take as our example <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB HelloWorld Example</property> </emphasis> ESB and Client project:</para> + + + <figure float="0"> + <title>JBoss Tools ESB Project Examples</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/06_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + + <para>Choose them using the Ctrl button and then click + <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>. As a result you will get two projects created:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>JBoss ESB Project Examples: helloworld and helloworld_testclient</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/07_esb_project_example.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> Deploy the HelloWorld ESB project and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Deploying a ESB Project</title> + <para>In this chapter you will see how to deploy a ESB project using the WTP deployment framework.</para> + + <para>Before deploying the project, open the JBoss Server View by selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > + Server > JBoss Server View</property></emphasis>, + create a JBoss Server in the Server view and start it, and then right click the created JBoss server, + select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> </property> Add and Remove Projects</emphasis>, + and add the ESB projects you want to deploy from the left side to the right side in the opened dialog. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Add and Remove Projects</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/08_esb_project_deploy.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> to add the project to the server. + You also can drag the ESB project from the Project View to the server.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>JBoss Server View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/09_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Thus, you have just added the ESB project to the JBoss server module list. Right click the JBoss Server and select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Publish</property></emphasis> to publish the project on the server. + You can check the deploying result in the Console view.</para> + <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Run</property></emphasis> and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Debug</property></emphasis> options work on ESB projects causing a (re)deploy for a user designated server.</para> + <para>You can also use the "Finger touch" for a quick restart of the project without restarting the server:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Finger Touch button</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/23_finger_touch.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on project (i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR) and now it is also available for jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects.</para> + <para>You can also deploy your ESB project as an .esb archive. Right-click on the project, choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Export</property></emphasis>:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Export of ESB project</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/24_export_button.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">ESB</property></emphasis> > <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">ESB File</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para> + + <figure float="0"><title>Choosing ESB File</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/25_esb_file.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>And finally export the ESB project to the file system: choose the destination, choose the target runtime if need a specific one and make the appropriate settings for the archive. Then click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para> + + <figure float="0"><title>ESB Export</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/26_esb_export.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Your project is deployed as an .esb archive.</para> + <para>An ESB archive can be created for ESB projects only. It is also possible to deploy an .esb archive to a JBoss AS based server with JBoss ESB installed.</para> + + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Creating a ESB File</title> + <para>In this chapter we suggest a step-by-step walk-through of creating your own + simple file. Let's try to organize a new ESB file.</para> + + <para>We will show you how to use the Creation wizard for creating a new ESB file.</para> + + <para>At first you should open any project. Select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">File >New > Other...</property> + </emphasis> in the main menu bar or context menu for selected project and + then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">ESB > ESB File</property> + </emphasis> in the New dialog:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Select a wizard - ESB File</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/01_create_esb.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> Clicking <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> + </emphasis> brings you to the wizard page where a folder, a name and a version for the file should be specified. Choose, for example, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">jboss-esb.xml</property> + </emphasis> as the name and accept the selected projects folder and the default + version.</para> + + <note><title>Note:</title> + <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">From the version 3.1.0 JBoss ESB Tools supports three different jboss-esb.xsd versions: jbossesb-1.0.1.xsd, jbossesb-1.1.0.xsd and jbossesb-1.2.0.xsd. + If you use ESB 4.7 you should select jbossesb-1.2.0.xsd. + </diffmk:wrapper></para> + </note> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Folder, Name and Version for ESB file</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_support/02_create_esb.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Thus, your file will be created in the selected projects folder by default. If + you want to change the folder for your future file click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Browse...</property> + </emphasis> button to set needed folder or simply type it.</para> + + <para>Clicking on <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> results in the file being generated. The wizard creates one xml + file.</para> + + </section> + + <section role="updated"> + <title>Configuring ESB Runtime in Preferences</title> + <para>In this chapter you will know how to predefine a JBoss ESB runtime on the Preferences page.</para> + + <para>You may already know, there are two ways to set JBoss ESB runtime when creating a ESB project, + one is to use the project target JBoss runtime, and another is to select a JBoss ESB runtime predefined in JBoss Tools preferences. + Let's configure it.</para> + + <para>Select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window >Preferences > JBoss Tools > JBoss ESB Runtime</property> + </emphasis>, to open the JBoss ESB Runtime Preferences page where you can add, remove and Edit a JBoss ESB runtime.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>JBoss ESB Runtimes</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/10_esb_runtime.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para> Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> to open a dialog where you can specify the JBoss ESB runtime location, name and version number. It's also possible to define configuration if you point the home location to a Jboss AS or SOA-p, in case you select a standalone ESB runtime location, the configuration combo will be empty and should be ignored. + You can also customize the libraries of the runtime by checking the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Customize JBoss ESB Runtime jars</property> </emphasis> checkbox. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Configure new JBoss ESB Runtime</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/11_esb_runtime_new.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The new JBoss ESB Runtime will be configured. Click <emphasis> <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> </emphasis> to finish and save the preferences. + You can use the configuration when creating a JBoss ESB project. </para> + <para>When a ESB runtime is configured for your ESB project you are able to change it to any other using the classpath container page for ESB runtime. To do that, turn to the Package Explorer view and right-click the "JBoss ESB Runtime" library. Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis> and a table listing all available JBoss ESB runtimes will appear:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Classpath Container Page to change ESB runtime</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/20_classpath_container.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + + + <para>Choose one of them to set to the ESB project and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para> + <para>ESB container allows Source and JavaDoc locations to be set via the Properties dialog on each contained .jar: right-click on any .jar file, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Properties</property></emphasis>. Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Java Source Attachment</property></emphasis> and select location (folder, JAR or zip) containing new source for the chosen .jar using one of the suggested options (workspace, external folder or file) or enter the path manually:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Classpath Container: Java Source Attachment</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/21_source.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para> + <para>To change Javadoc Location choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Javadoc Location</property></emphasis> and specify URL to the documentation generated by Javadoc. The Javadoc location will contain a file called <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">package-list</property></emphasis>:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Classpath Container: Javadoc Location</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/22_Javadoc.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> and then on <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ok</property></emphasis>.</para> + + </section> + + + <section id="using_SOA"> + <title>Using and Configuring SOA Platform</title> + + <para>In this chapter you will know what is JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform and how you can configure it to use for your ESB projects. </para> + + <para>JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform delivers a flexible, standards-based platform to integrate applications, SOA services, business events and automate business processes. The SOA Platform integrates specific versions of JBoss ESB, jBPM, Drools and the JBoss Enterprise Application Platform that are certified to work together in a single supported enterprise distribution.</para> + <para>Having configured JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform for your ESB project you don't need to install and configure ESB server and runtime as they are already included.</para> + + <para>Check here to find more details on the platform: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/products/platforms/soa/components">JBoss Enterprise SOA Platform Component Details</ulink>.</para> + <para>You can find out what is SOA here: <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOABasics.html">Basics of SOA</ulink> and <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossesb/resources/SOAEOA.html">SOA and EOA</ulink>.</para> + + <para>To configure the JBoss Enterprise SOA platform select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > Server > Runtime Environments</property></emphasis>, that will open the Server Runtime Environments Preferences page where you can add, remove and edit a Server Runtime Environment.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Configure new Server Runtime Environment</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/13NewServerRuntimeEnv.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add</property></emphasis>, choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss 4.2 Runtime</property></emphasis> as a type of runtime environment, check the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Create a new local server</property></emphasis> checkbox and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Type of Server Runtime Environment</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/14typeOfRuntime.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>On the next step you can specify a name of the server runtime environment and browse to its location. Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> to add the server runtime environment.</para> + + + <figure float="0"> + <title>New Server Runtime Environment Details</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/15AddNew.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Now you have your SOA platform configured. To check the configuration create a ESB Project using instructions described <xref linkend="ESB_project_wizard"></xref>. As a result you will have two projects created:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Helloworld Projects Created</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/16HelloworldProjects.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Then you will need to add JBoss ESB libraries to your projects to configure the SOA server runtime exactly for your projects. Right-click on your project, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Build Path > Add Libraries</property></emphasis>:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Add Libraries</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/17_Add_new_libraries.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Choose <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB Libraries</property></emphasis> and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Next</property></emphasis>:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>ESB Libraries</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/18_select_libraries.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Select the necessary runtime to add to the project classpath:</para> + + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Select a ESB runtime</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_project/19_select_runtime.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis>.</para> + <para>Now you can deploy your Helloworld project to the server and run a test class in the client Java project to see the test result in the Console view.</para> + + + +</section> + + + + + + + + + + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="esb_editor" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/esb/docs/esb_ref_guide/en/modules/esb_editor.xml" xreflabel="esb_editor"> + <?dbhtml filename="esbEditor.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss ESB</keyword> + <keyword>Editor</keyword> + <keyword>ESB</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>ESB Editor</title> + + <para> ESB editor has lots of useful features, they are described in details in this chapter. In + addition you'll get to know with how <property moreinfo="none">ESB Editor</property> uses combined + visual and source editing of esb files.</para> + + <section id="esb_file" role="updated"> + + <title>ESB File Editor</title> + <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB File Editor</property> is a powerful and customizable tool. ESB File + Editor allows developing an application using ESB technology.</para> + + <para>ESB file editor has two tabs: Tree and Source.</para> + + <para>You can switch to Tree. The Tree view for the editor displays all ESB artifacts in a + tree format. By selecting any node you can see and edit its properties which will appear + in the right-hand area. For example, a Provider:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Tree View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/01_esb_tree_view.png" scale="90"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Some properties are represented as links to the associated editors.</diffmk:wrapper></para> + + <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0" id="TreeViewLink"> + <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Property Link to the Associated Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title> + <mediaobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imageobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_editor/01a_esb_tree_view_and_links.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Now when editing ESB actions which refer to other files (Drools, Groovy, Smooks, etc.), + the label for the field turns into a link to launch the editor associated with that type of file.</diffmk:wrapper></para> + <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"> + <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Property Link to the Associated Editor</diffmk:wrapper></title> + <mediaobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imageobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_editor/01b_esb_tree_view_and_links.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>You can easily switch from Tree to Source by selecting the Source tab at the bottom of + the editor and work in <property moreinfo="none">Source view</property>.</para> + + <figure float="0" id="sourceView"> + <title>Source View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/02_esb_source_view.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The Source view for the editor displays a text content of the ESB file. It is always + synchronized with <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property>, so any changes made in one of the + views will immediately appear in the other.</para> + + <para>No matter what view you select, you get full integration with <property moreinfo="none">Outline + view</property>. For example, you can work in the Source view with the help of the + Outline view. The Outline view shows a tree structure of the ESB file. Simply select any + element in the <property moreinfo="none">Outline view</property> and it will jump to the same place in + the Source editor, so you can navigate through the source code with Outline view.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Outline View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/03_esb_outline_view.png" scale="70"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Adding, editing or deleting of some artifacts operations are available right in the + <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> . Right-click any node and select one of the + available actions in the context menu. For example, you can easily add a new Provider:</para> + <para></para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New Provider</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/04_esb_add_provider.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Then you can add Channels and Properties for the Providers the same way or using the forms with <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and + <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons to the right.</para> + + <para>You can easily add a new Service too:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New Service</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/05_esb_add_service.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The same way you can create a listener for service and other elements of ESB:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New Listener for Service</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/06_esb_add_listener.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The same actions can be done in the right part of <property moreinfo="none">Tree view</property> tab + (Form editor) using <property moreinfo="none">Add</property>, <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property> and + <property moreinfo="none">Remove</property> buttons.</para> + + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Filter can be also edited this way</diffmk:wrapper></para> + + <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"> + <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Editing Filter</diffmk:wrapper></title> + <mediaobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imageobject diffmk:change="added"> + <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/esb_editor/06a_esb_filter.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + + <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">In order to add a new custom Action to your ESB XML file you should select the + Actions node under the Services, then right-click and choose </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">New > Custom Action</diffmk:wrapper></property>. </emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New Action in the Tree View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/11_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Or instead make use of <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property> + </emphasis> button in the <property moreinfo="none">Form editor</property> on the left.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New Action in the Form Editor</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/12_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Some new components are available to support ESB 4.7,such as: + new actions (XsltAction, PersistAction, BpmProcessor, ScriptingAction), + new processors (EJBProcessor), new routers (HttpRouter, JMSRouter, EmailRouter). + </diffmk:wrapper></para> + </note> + + <para>As you can see on the bath figures above, the context menu will also prompt you to + insert one of the Actions that are supplied out-of-the-box with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + ESB</property>. After choosing one an appeared <property moreinfo="none">New Action wizard</property> + will ask you to fill out a name field and other fields specific for each Action + property. For example, for <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Content Based Router</property> + </emphasis> Action the wizard looks as follows:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>New Action Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/13_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>After confirming creating the Action you can see it in the Tree under the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Actions</property> + </emphasis> node and preview as well as edit its settings in the <property moreinfo="none">Form + editor</property> on the left.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Form Editor for Content Based Router</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/14_esb_editor.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para><property moreinfo="none">ESB editor</property> can recognize some specific objects. On the figure you + can see <emphasis>org.jboss.soa.esb.actions.ContentBasedRouter</emphasis> in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Class</property> + </emphasis> section.</para> + + </section> + + <section id="esb_editors_features"> + + <title>ESB Editors Features</title> + <para>JBoss ESB tooling has powerful editor features that help you easily make use of + content and code assist.</para> + <para>This last chapter covers capabilities on how you can use ESB editor.</para> + + <section id="ESBsyntaxvalidation84"> + + <title>ESB syntax validation</title> + <para>When working in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss ESB editor</property> you are constantly provided + with feedback and contextual error checking as you type. In the Source viewer, if at + any point a tag is incorrect or incomplete, an error will be indicated next to the + line and also in the <property moreinfo="none">Problems view</property> below.</para> + + </section> + + <section id="ESBSupportXMLSchema"> + <title>Support for XML Schema</title> + + <para>JBoss ESB Framework fully <link linkend="sourceView">supports XML files based on + schemas as well as DTDs</link>.</para> + <para>The schema checks the child elements of any kind of provider element; the ESB generates errors on startup if you attempt to define an incorrect combination (e.g.: a jms-bus inside an ftp-provider).</para> + <note><title>Note:</title> + <para>The schema used behind ESB editor now uses the latest version available (from SOA-P 4.3). This removes the errors/warnings some users have reported seeing when using SOA-P specific esb.xml files.</para> </note> + + </section> + +  + + <section id="ESBContentAssist"> + + <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title> + + <para>When you work with any ESB XML file <property moreinfo="none">Content Assist</property> is + available to help you. It provides pop-up tip to help you complete your code + statements. It allows you to write your code faster and with more accuracy. Content + assist is always available in the Source mode. Simply type <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl-Space</property> + </emphasis> to see what is available.</para> + + <para>Content Assist for ESB XML file:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Content Assist for ESB XML file</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/08_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Content Assist for attributes:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Content Assist for attributes</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/09_esb_features.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> +  + </section> + + <section id="openOn_for_esb"> + <title>OpenOn for ESB XML file</title> + <para>ESB file comes with the OpenOn feature that allows to make use of multiple file references in the file just with a click and the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Ctrl</property></emphasis> key hold down.</para> + + <para>The OpenOn is implemented for different types of files/pages inside the <literal moreinfo="none"><action></literal> tag: .xsd, .xml, etc.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>OpenOn for smooks configuration file</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/openOn2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>It is also available for classes:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>OpenOn for classes</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/openOn1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <section id="FullControlOverSourceFiles-SynchronizedSourcAndVisualEditing"> + + <title>Synchronized Source and Visual Editing</title> + + <para>ESB file can be edited in either source or extra visual modes at the same time.</para> + + <para>JBoss Tools provide you two different editors to speed your development: a + graphical view (<property moreinfo="none">Tree</property>) and source (<property moreinfo="none">Source</property>). + At the same time, you always have full control over esb source file. Any changes you + make in the source view will immediately appear in the tree view. Both views are + synchronized, you can edit the file in any view.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Two Views are Synchronized</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/esb_editor/10_esb_features.png" scale="70"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In summary, this reference supplies you with all necessary information on the + functionality that JBoss ESB Editor provides for work with JBoss ESB.</para> + + <para>We hope, this guide helped you to get started with the JBoss ESB Tools. Besides, for additional information you are welcome on <ulink + url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss forum</ulink>.</para> + + </section> + </section> +</chapter> + + +</book>

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20329 - trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: ochikvina Date: 2010-02-17 13:57:28 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20329 Modified: trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml Log: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style="font-size:9pt;font-family:Sans Serif"> <p>https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-1104 - Updated versions,corrected master_output file</p> </body></html> Modified: trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 18:48:36 UTC (rev 20328) +++ trunk/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 18:57:28 UTC (rev 20329) @@ -20,455 +20,461 @@ <!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html"> <!ENTITY migrationlink "../../Exadel-migration/html_single/index.html"> -]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> - <bookinfo> - <title>Exadel Studio Migration Guide</title> - - <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate> - <copyright> - <year>2007</year> - <year>2009</year> - <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> - </copyright> - <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> -Version: 3.1.0.CR1 -</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo> - -<abstract> - <title></title> - <para> - <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/Exadel-migration/pdf...">PDF version</ulink> - </para> -</abstract> - - - </bookinfo> - - <toc></toc> - -<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/introduction.xml" xreflabel="introduction"> - <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>JBDS</keyword> - <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>Introduction </title> - <para>This document is intended to help you to migrate an existing Exadel JSF or Struts projects - into <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property>. Preferences can be exported from Eclipse 3.2.0 - (3.2.1 or 3.2.2) and imported in Eclipse 3.4.x by the standard Eclipse means.</para> - - <section> - <title>Key Features of Projects Migration to JBoss Developer Studio</title> - <para>For a start, we propose you to look through the table of main features of migrating projects to JBoss Developer Studio:</para> - - <table> - - <title>Key Features of Project Migration to JBoss Developer Studio</title> - <tgroup cols="3"> - - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec> - <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec> - - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Feature</entry> - <entry>Benefit</entry> - <entry>Chapter</entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - - <row> - <entry><para>Import JSF Project Wizard</para></entry> - <entry><para>It simplifies the process of bringing your existing JSF applications into your JBoss Developer Studio workspace as JSF projects. The import is possible with *.war files.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="import_jsf">Migration of JSF project</link> and <link linkend="jsf_war">Migration of JSF project from *.war file</link> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry><para>Import Struts Project Wizard</para></entry> - <entry><para>It simplifies the process of bringing your existing Struts applications into your JBoss Developer Studio workspace as Struts projects. The import is possible with *.war files.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="struts_import">Migration of Struts project</link> and <link linkend="struts_war">Migration of Struts project from *.war file</link> - </entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - - </tgroup> - </table> - - </section> - - <section> - <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> - <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools release documentation you can find at<ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/">http://docs.jboss.org/tools</ulink> in the corresponding release directory.</para> - <para>The latest documentation builds are available at <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs</ulink>.</para> - - </section> - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="workspace" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/workspace.xml" xreflabel="workspace"> - <?dbhtml filename="workspace.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>JBDS</keyword> - <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>Migrate workspace</title> - <para>You will not be able to run projects in JBoss Developer Studio - using <property moreinfo="none">Exadel Studio workspace</property>. In this case, project capabilities and settings specified in Exadel Studio will be lost. The simplest way to avoid this, is to copy your projects in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio workspace</property> and make an import as it is described in the following chapters.</para> -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="jsf_struts" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/jsf_struts.xml" xreflabel="jsf_struts"> - <?dbhtml filename="jsf_struts.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>JBDS</keyword> - <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> - <keyword>Migration</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>Migration of JSF and Struts Projects</title> - <para>In this chapter you can find concise description of migration of JSF and Struts Projects.</para> - <section id="import_jsf"> - <title>JSF</title> - <para>JBoss Developer Studio includes an Import <property moreinfo="none">JSF Project</property> Wizard that radically simplifies the process of bringing your existing JSF applications - into your JBoss Developer Studio workspace as JSF projects. You just need to follow these four steps:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Select File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > JSF Project </property></emphasis>from the Import dialog box that appears.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Import JSF Project Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>In the first screen of the wizard, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button next to the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">web.xml Location</property></emphasis> field. Browse to the location of the web.xml file for the application you - want to import as a <property moreinfo="none">JSF project</property>. Once you select it, you'll be returned to the dialog box to see a project name derived from the web.xml file you selected. - You can edit this project name, if you wish.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Web.xml File in the Project Location Screen</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist id="import_jsf_screen"> - <listitem><para>In the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Project Folders</property></emphasis> screen, you can configure the rest of your project. Afterwards click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>On this step JBoss Developer Studio will try to determine your project - structure and set the values for: <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Web Root</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Source Folder</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Classes Folder</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Lib Folder</property></emphasis>. If your project has a custom structure, some values might not be - set. If this is the case, you can manually set those values by clicking the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button.</para> - <para>After dealing with these settings, you have to work through a few more configuration settings. These settings deal primarily with how the project will be deployed within JBoss Developer Studio.</para> - <para>First, if the project you are importing is not already a JSF project, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add Libraries</property></emphasis> check box to add all the JSF-related libraries to your project. </para> - <para>Then, you may select the JavaServer Faces implementation (<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Environment</property></emphasis>) and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Servlet Version</property></emphasis>.</para> - <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property></emphasis> is the name under which the application will be deployed. </para> - <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property></emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries in order to build the project. It is not possible to finish the importing of a project without selecting a Runtime. If you don't have any choices displayed for this, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">New...</property></emphasis> to add a new Runtime.</para> - <para>Finally, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property></emphasis> sets the server to deploy the application under. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime value selected above. If you don't want to deploy the application, uncheck this value.</para> - - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Project Folders Screen</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Once the project is imported, it will appear in the Package Explorer view.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Imported Project in the Package Explorer View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - <section id="struts_import"> - <title>Struts</title> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Select File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > Struts Project</property></emphasis> from the Import dialog box that appears.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Import Struts Project Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_6.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>In the Project Location screen of the wizard, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change... </property></emphasis>button next to the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">web.xml Location</property></emphasis> field. Browse the location of the web.xml file for the application you - want to import as a <property moreinfo="none">Struts project</property>. Once you select it, you'll be returned to the dialog box to see a project name derived from the web.xml file you selected. - You can edit this project name, if you wish.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Project Location Screen</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_10.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>In the next screen, JBoss Developer Studio will try to determine your project structure. The upper pane shows the modules in this project. - The lower pane allows you to edit the details of the select module. If the project structure is non-standard, some values might be left blank. - You can edit any values by hand or by using the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Project Modules Screen</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_7.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>In the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Project Folders</property></emphasis> screen, you can configure the rest of your project. Afterwards click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>On this step JBoss Developer Studio will try to determine your project structure and set the values for: <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Classes Folder</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Lib Folder</property></emphasis>, and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ant Build File</property></emphasis>. If your project has a custom structure, some values might not be set. If this is the case, you can manually set those values by clicking <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change</property></emphasis>.</para> - <para>After dealing with these settings, you have to work through a few more configuration settings. These settings deal primarily with how the project will be deployed within JBoss Developer Studio.</para> - <para>First, if the project you are importing is not already a Struts project, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add Libraries</property></emphasis> check box to add all the Struts-related libraries to your project. </para> - <para>Then, you may select the Struts <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Environment</property></emphasis> and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Servlet Version</property></emphasis>.</para> - <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property></emphasis> is the name under which the application will be deployed. </para> - <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property></emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries in order to build the project. It is not possible to finish the importing of a project without selecting a Runtime. If you don't have any choices displayed for this, select<emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> New...</property></emphasis> to add a new Runtime.</para> - <para>Finally, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property></emphasis> sets the server to deploy the application under. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime value selected above. If you don't want to deploy the application, uncheck this value.</para> - - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Project Folders Screen</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_8.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem><para>Once the project is imported, it will appear in the Package Explorer view.</para></listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Imported Project in the Package Explorer View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_9.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="jsf_struts_war" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/jsf_struts_war.xml" xreflabel="jsf_struts_war"> - <?dbhtml filename="jsf_struts_war.html"?> - - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - - <keyword>JBDS</keyword> - - <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>Migrate JSF and Struts projects from *.war file</title> - <para>After you familiarized oneself with last chapter you can read this chapter. It looks as if you read in last chapter.</para> - <section id="jsf_war"> - <title>JSF</title> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select - <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > JSF Project From *.war</property></emphasis> from the Import dialog box that - appears.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the JSF Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>In the wizard screen, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button next to - the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">*.war Location</property></emphasis> field. Browse to the location of the *.war file for - the application you want to import as a JSF project. Once you select - it, you'll be returned to the dialog box to see a project name - derived from the *.war file you selected. You can edit this name, if - you wish.</para> - - <para>Uncheck the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Use Default Path</property></emphasis> check box if you want to import - your project outside of the Eclipse workspace. In this case, you would - use <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> Change... </property></emphasis> button next to the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Location</property></emphasis> field to choose a - location.</para> - - <para><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property></emphasis> is the name under which the application will be - deployed.</para> - - <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property></emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries in - order to build the project. It is not possible to finish project - import without selecting Runtime. If you don't have any options - here, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">New...</property></emphasis> to add a new Runtime.</para> - - <para>Finally, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property></emphasis> sets the server to deploy the application - under. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime value selected - above. If you don't want to deploy the application, uncheck this - value.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The JSF Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - </section> - - <section id="struts_war"> - <title>Struts</title> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select - <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > Struts Project From *.war</property></emphasis> from the Import dialog box that - appears.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the Struts Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Follow the same steps as with the JSF Project From <property moreinfo="none">*.war</property> import - wizard.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Struts Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> - - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>Click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - <para>The migration process is completed</para> - - <para>If there's anything we didn't cover or you can't figure - out, please feel free to visit our <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=258">JBoss Developer Studio Users Forum</ulink> or <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss Tools Users Forum</ulink> to ask questions. There we are also looking for - your suggestions and comments.</para> - </section> - -</chapter> - - -</book> +]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> + <bookinfo> + <title>Exadel Studio Migration Guide</title> + + + <copyright> + <year>2007</year> + <year><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">2008</diffmk:wrapper></year> + <year diffmk:change="added">2009</year> + <year diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">2010</diffmk:wrapper></year> + <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> + </copyright> + <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> +Version: 3.0.0.GA +</diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo> + +<abstract> + <title></title> + <para> + <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/Exadel-migration/pdf...">PDF version</ulink> + </para> +</abstract> + + + </bookinfo> + + <toc></toc> + +<chapter id="introduction" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/introduction.xml" xreflabel="introduction"> + <?dbhtml filename="introduction.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>JBDS</keyword> + <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>Introduction </title> + <para>This document is intended to help you to migrate an existing Exadel JSF or Struts projects + into <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio</property>. Preferences can be exported from Eclipse 3.2.0 + (3.2.1 or 3.2.2) and imported in Eclipse 3.4.x by the standard Eclipse means.</para> + + <section> + <title>Key Features of Projects Migration to JBoss Developer Studio</title> + <para>For a start, we propose you to look through the table of main features of migrating projects to JBoss Developer Studio:</para> + + <table> + + <title>Key Features of Project Migration to JBoss Developer Studio</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec> + <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec> + + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Feature</entry> + <entry>Benefit</entry> + <entry>Chapter</entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + + <row> + <entry><para>Import JSF Project Wizard</para></entry> + <entry><para>It simplifies the process of bringing your existing JSF applications into your JBoss Developer Studio workspace as JSF projects. The import is possible with *.war files.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="import_jsf">Migration of JSF project</link> and <link linkend="jsf_war">Migration of JSF project from *.war file</link> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><para>Import Struts Project Wizard</para></entry> + <entry><para>It simplifies the process of bringing your existing Struts applications into your JBoss Developer Studio workspace as Struts projects. The import is possible with *.war files.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="struts_import">Migration of Struts project</link> and <link linkend="struts_war">Migration of Struts project from *.war file</link> + </entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + + </tgroup> + </table> + + </section> + + <section> + <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> + <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools release documentation you can find at<ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/">http://docs.jboss.org/tools</ulink> in the corresponding release directory.</para> + <para>The latest documentation builds are available at <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/">http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs</ulink>.</para> + + </section> + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="workspace" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/workspace.xml" xreflabel="workspace"> + <?dbhtml filename="workspace.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>JBDS</keyword> + <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>Migrate workspace</title> + <para>You will not be able to run projects in JBoss Developer Studio + using <property moreinfo="none">Exadel Studio workspace</property>. In this case, project capabilities and settings specified in Exadel Studio will be lost. The simplest way to avoid this, is to copy your projects in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Developer Studio workspace</property> and make an import as it is described in the following chapters.</para> +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="jsf_struts" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/jsf_struts.xml" xreflabel="jsf_struts"> + <?dbhtml filename="jsf_struts.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>JBDS</keyword> + <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> + <keyword>Migration</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>Migration of JSF and Struts Projects</title> + <para>In this chapter you can find concise description of migration of JSF and Struts Projects.</para> + <section id="import_jsf"> + <title>JSF</title> + <para>JBoss Developer Studio includes an Import <property moreinfo="none">JSF Project</property> Wizard that radically simplifies the process of bringing your existing JSF applications + into your JBoss Developer Studio workspace as JSF projects. You just need to follow these four steps:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Select File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > JSF Project </property></emphasis>from the Import dialog box that appears.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Import JSF Project Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>In the first screen of the wizard, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button next to the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">web.xml Location</property></emphasis> field. Browse to the location of the web.xml file for the application you + want to import as a <property moreinfo="none">JSF project</property>. Once you select it, you'll be returned to the dialog box to see a project name derived from the web.xml file you selected. + You can edit this project name, if you wish.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Web.xml File in the Project Location Screen</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist id="import_jsf_screen"> + <listitem><para>In the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Project Folders</property></emphasis> screen, you can configure the rest of your project. Afterwards click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>On this step JBoss Developer Studio will try to determine your project + structure and set the values for: <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Web Root</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Source Folder</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Classes Folder</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Lib Folder</property></emphasis>. If your project has a custom structure, some values might not be + set. If this is the case, you can manually set those values by clicking the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button.</para> + <para>After dealing with these settings, you have to work through a few more configuration settings. These settings deal primarily with how the project will be deployed within JBoss Developer Studio.</para> + <para>First, if the project you are importing is not already a JSF project, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add Libraries</property></emphasis> check box to add all the JSF-related libraries to your project. </para> + <para>Then, you may select the JavaServer Faces implementation (<emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Environment</property></emphasis>) and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Servlet Version</property></emphasis>.</para> + <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property></emphasis> is the name under which the application will be deployed. </para> + <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property></emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries in order to build the project. It is not possible to finish the importing of a project without selecting a Runtime. If you don't have any choices displayed for this, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">New...</property></emphasis> to add a new Runtime.</para> + <para>Finally, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property></emphasis> sets the server to deploy the application under. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime value selected above. If you don't want to deploy the application, uncheck this value.</para> + + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Project Folders Screen</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>Once the project is imported, it will appear in the Package Explorer view.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Imported Project in the Package Explorer View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + <section id="struts_import"> + <title>Struts</title> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Select File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > Struts Project</property></emphasis> from the Import dialog box that appears.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Import Struts Project Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_6.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>In the Project Location screen of the wizard, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change... </property></emphasis>button next to the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">web.xml Location</property></emphasis> field. Browse the location of the web.xml file for the application you + want to import as a <property moreinfo="none">Struts project</property>. Once you select it, you'll be returned to the dialog box to see a project name derived from the web.xml file you selected. + You can edit this project name, if you wish.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Project Location Screen</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_10.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>In the next screen, JBoss Developer Studio will try to determine your project structure. The upper pane shows the modules in this project. + The lower pane allows you to edit the details of the select module. If the project structure is non-standard, some values might be left blank. + You can edit any values by hand or by using the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Project Modules Screen</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_7.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>In the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Project Folders</property></emphasis> screen, you can configure the rest of your project. Afterwards click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>On this step JBoss Developer Studio will try to determine your project structure and set the values for: <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Classes Folder</property></emphasis>, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Lib Folder</property></emphasis>, and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Ant Build File</property></emphasis>. If your project has a custom structure, some values might not be set. If this is the case, you can manually set those values by clicking <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change</property></emphasis>.</para> + <para>After dealing with these settings, you have to work through a few more configuration settings. These settings deal primarily with how the project will be deployed within JBoss Developer Studio.</para> + <para>First, if the project you are importing is not already a Struts project, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add Libraries</property></emphasis> check box to add all the Struts-related libraries to your project. </para> + <para>Then, you may select the Struts <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Environment</property></emphasis> and <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Servlet Version</property></emphasis>.</para> + <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property></emphasis> is the name under which the application will be deployed. </para> + <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property></emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries in order to build the project. It is not possible to finish the importing of a project without selecting a Runtime. If you don't have any choices displayed for this, select<emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> New...</property></emphasis> to add a new Runtime.</para> + <para>Finally, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property></emphasis> sets the server to deploy the application under. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime value selected above. If you don't want to deploy the application, uncheck this value.</para> + + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Project Folders Screen</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_8.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>Once the project is imported, it will appear in the Package Explorer view.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Imported Project in the Package Explorer View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts/migration_9.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="jsf_struts_war" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/documentation/guides/Exadel-migration/en/modules/jsf_struts_war.xml" xreflabel="jsf_struts_war"> + <?dbhtml filename="jsf_struts_war.html"?> + + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + + <keyword>JBDS</keyword> + + <keyword>Exadel Studio Pro</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>Migrate JSF and Struts projects from *.war file</title> + <para>After you familiarized oneself with last chapter you can read this chapter. It looks as if you read in last chapter.</para> + <section id="jsf_war"> + <title>JSF</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select + <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > JSF Project From *.war</property></emphasis> from the Import dialog box that + appears.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the JSF Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>In the wizard screen, select the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Change...</property></emphasis> button next to + the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">*.war Location</property></emphasis> field. Browse to the location of the *.war file for + the application you want to import as a JSF project. Once you select + it, you'll be returned to the dialog box to see a project name + derived from the *.war file you selected. You can edit this name, if + you wish.</para> + + <para>Uncheck the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Use Default Path</property></emphasis> check box if you want to import + your project outside of the Eclipse workspace. In this case, you would + use <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> Change... </property></emphasis> button next to the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Location</property></emphasis> field to choose a + location.</para> + + <para><emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Context Path</property></emphasis> is the name under which the application will be + deployed.</para> + + <para>The <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Runtime</property></emphasis> value tells Eclipse where to find Web libraries in + order to build the project. It is not possible to finish project + import without selecting Runtime. If you don't have any options + here, select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">New...</property></emphasis> to add a new Runtime.</para> + + <para>Finally, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property></emphasis> sets the server to deploy the application + under. The Target Server corresponds to the Runtime value selected + above. If you don't want to deploy the application, uncheck this + value.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The JSF Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section id="struts_war"> + <title>Struts</title> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">File > Import...</property></emphasis> from the menu bar, and then select + <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Other > Struts Project From *.war</property></emphasis> from the Import dialog box that + appears.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Import Menu Item</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the Struts Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Follow the same steps as with the JSF Project From <property moreinfo="none">*.war</property> import + wizard.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Struts Project From *.war Import Wizard</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/jsf_struts_war/migration_war_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Click on the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> button.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <para>The migration process is completed</para> + + <para>If there's anything we didn't cover or you can't figure + out, please feel free to visit our <ulink + url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=258" + >JBoss Developer Studio Users Forum</ulink> or <ulink + url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201" + >JBoss Tools Users Forum</ulink> to ask questions. There we are also looking for + your suggestions and comments.</para> + </section> + +</chapter> + + +</book>

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20328 - trunk/as/docs/reference/en.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: ochikvina Date: 2010-02-17 13:48:36 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20328 Modified: trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master.xml trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml Log: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body style="font-size:9pt;font-family:Sans Serif"> <p>https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBDS-1104 - Updated versions,corrected master_output file</p> </body></html> Modified: trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2010-02-17 18:47:13 UTC (rev 20327) +++ trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master.xml 2010-02-17 18:48:36 UTC (rev 20328) @@ -45,14 +45,14 @@ <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author> <copyright> - <year>2007</year> - <year>2008</year> - <year>2009</year> + <year>2007</year> + <year>2008</year> + <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> </copyright> <releaseinfo> - Version: 2.1.0.CR1 + Version: 2.1.0.CR2 </releaseinfo> <abstract> <title/> Modified: trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 18:47:13 UTC (rev 20327) +++ trunk/as/docs/reference/en/master_output.xml 2010-02-17 18:48:36 UTC (rev 20328) @@ -22,2329 +22,2336 @@ <!ENTITY strutstutoriallink "../../struts_tools_tutorial/html_single/index.html"> -]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> - - <bookinfo> - <title>JBoss Server Manager Reference Guide</title> - <corpauthor> - <inlinemediaobject> - <imageobject role="fo"> - <imagedata fileref="images/jbosstools_logo.png" format="PNG"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - <imageobject role="html"> - <imagedata></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject> - </corpauthor> - - <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author> - <author><firstname>Rob</firstname><surname>Stryker</surname><email>rob.stryker(a)jboss.com</email></author> - <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author> - - <pubdate>April 2008</pubdate> - <copyright> - <year>2007</year> - <year>2009</year> - <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> - </copyright> - <releaseinfo><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> - Version: 2.1.0.CR1 - </diffmk:wrapper></releaseinfo> -<abstract> - <title></title> - <para> - <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/as/pdf/AS_Reference_...">PDF version</ulink> - </para> -</abstract> - - </bookinfo> - - - <toc></toc> - -<chapter id="quick_start" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/as/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml"> - <title>Quick Start with JBoss Server</title> - - <para>This chapter covers the basics of working with the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para> - - <section id="JBoss_server_key_features"> - <title>Key Features of JBoss Server</title> - <para>For a start, we propose you to look through the table of main features of JBoss Server:</para> - - <table> - - <title><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Key Functionality for JBoss AS and Archive Tools</diffmk:wrapper></title> - <tgroup cols="3"> - - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec> - <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec> - - <thead> - <row> - <entry>Feature</entry> - <entry>Benefit</entry> - <entry>Chapter</entry> - </row> - </thead> - <tbody> - <row> - <entry><para>JBoss AS plugin</para></entry> - <entry><para>Using WTP, JBoss AS plugin allows working with the server in run or debug mode. You can easily install runtimes and servers, copy the existing runtime configuration or configure it up to your needs.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="runtimes_servers">runtimes and servers</link> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry><para>JBoss AS Perspective</para></entry> - <entry><para>It makes managing installed JBoss Server quite easy and includes the standard Console and Properties views, and specially added Project archives View and JBoss Server View for that purpose. </para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="perspective">JBoss AS perspective</link> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry><para>Modules Deployment</para></entry> - <entry><para>A number of ways, provided by WTP and JBoss Tools, to deploy either a project or a single file on the server.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="modules">deploying modules</link> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry><para>TPTP Support</para></entry> - <entry><para>Test and Performance Tools Platform (TPTP) profiling.</para></entry> - <entry> - <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP support</link> - </entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - - </tgroup> - </table> - - <para><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">If you - already have installed JBoss server and runtime you can quickly learn how to configure, start, - stop the server, to know deployment and archiving processes. How to install runtimes and servers - read in the </diffmk:wrapper><link linkend="runtimes_servers">Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> - chapter.</diffmk:wrapper></para> - - <para>To start working with JBoss AS, select a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Perspective</property><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> via - </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis><property moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed">Window > Open Perspective > Other > JBoss - AS</diffmk:wrapper></property>.</emphasis></para> - </section> - - <section id="starting"> - <title>Starting JBoss Server</title> - - <para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> is quite simple. You can control the server - behaviour with the help of a special toolbar in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> - where you could <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">start</property> - </emphasis> it in a regular or debug mode, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">stop</property> - </emphasis> it or <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">restart</property> - </emphasis> it and <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">publish</property> - </emphasis> to the server.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>JBoss Server Toolbar</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>To launch the server click the green-with-white-arrow icon on the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server - View </property>or right click server name in this view and select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>. </emphasis> If this view is not open, select - <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > Server > - JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Start JBoss Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - - <section id="stopping"> - <title>Stopping JBoss Server</title> - - <para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property> - </emphasis> icon in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> or right click the server name - and press <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>.</emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Stop JBoss Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property> - </emphasis> state next to its name in the square brackets.</para> - <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> - <link linkend="JBossServerView">here</link>.</para> - </section> - - <section id="archiving"> - - <title>Project Archiving</title> - - <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> comes with our own archives tool. The Project Archives - plugin consists primarily of a view to set up each packaging configuration <emphasis>( - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > JBoss Tools > Project archives</property>). - </emphasis></para> - <para>Right clicking in the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> you can create War, - EJB War, EAR or JAR archive.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Archive Creating</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_7.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Using the context menu on the item you can initiate a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">full build</property></emphasis> on - archive, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">edit</property>,</emphasis> <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">delete</property></emphasis> or - <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">publish</property></emphasis> it.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_8.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>If you wish, you can assign a hotkey for the Build Project Archive action. A key binding can be added - by navigating to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > General > Keys</property>.</emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Setting the Hotkey for Build Project Archive Action</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/hotkeys.png" scale="80"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>To perform the building of the project archives, select the project in the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property> view and execute the hotkey combination - you assigned for this action.</para> - - <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property> - <link linkend="Project_archivesView">here</link>.</para> - </section> - - <section id="deployment"> - <title>Deploying an Application to a Server</title> - - <para>There are two times to deploy your application:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>While creating it</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>After it already exists</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>When you create a new project (Seam, JSF or Struts) with the New Project or Import Project - wizards, the one of wizards steps has a <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property> - </emphasis> and <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property> - </emphasis> sections. You can deploy the application through the appropriate selection in - these sections.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the New Project Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4a.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the Import Project Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4b.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>You can deploy an existing application to a server by right-clicking the target defined - server in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> and then selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add and - Remove Projects</property></emphasis> from the context menu.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Add and Remove Projects From the Context Menu.</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>If this application is not assigned to a server, it will be in the left-hand available - projects list. Clicking on the <property moreinfo="none">Add ></property> button will add it to the right-hand - configured projects list and deploy the application to this server.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Modifying The Projects that are Configured on the Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_6.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section diffmk:change="added" id="publishing"> - <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Publishing to JBoss Server</diffmk:wrapper></title> - <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The publishing of all the modules added to a Server is performed automatically when starting a Server.</diffmk:wrapper></para> - <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The automatic publish of the changes made to the workspace is turned on by default in order to permanently keep - the workspace in sync with the publish folder. If you need to control when to publish the changes, - just disable the automatic publish in the </diffmk:wrapper><link diffmk:change="added" linkend="server_editor"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Server Editor</diffmk:wrapper></link><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> and use the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"> - <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Publish to Server</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> (</diffmk:wrapper><inlinemediaobject diffmk:change="added"> - <imageobject diffmk:change="added"> - <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/quick_start/publish_button.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </inlinemediaobject><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">) button which initiates an incremental publish. - </diffmk:wrapper></para> - - <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Here, we have just performed the basic steps you should know to quick start with JBoss - server. In fact, there are more functionalities which you can make use of. Further we will - talk about them in detail.</diffmk:wrapper></para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> - - <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA">on JBoss Tools release documentation page</ulink>.</para> - <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/"> JBoss Tools nightly builds documentation page</ulink>.</para> - - <para>Find out the answers on the frequently asked questions about JBoss AS 5 usage in the - <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/community/wiki/jboss5faq">JBoss5FAQ</ulink>. - </para> - - <para>The information on how to monitor a remote JBoss Server from Eclipse you can find in the following - <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/community/wiki/MonitorARemoteJbossServerFromEclipse">wiki article</ulink>.</para> - </section> - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="runtimes_servers" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/as/docs/reference/en/modules/runtimes_servers.xml" xreflabel="runtimes_servers"> - <?dbhtml filename="runtimes_servers.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> - <keyword>Deploy</keyword> - <keyword>Deployment</keyword> - <keyword>JBoss</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - <title>Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</title> - - <para>In this chapter we will discuss how to install runtimes and servers.</para> - - <para>First of all it's necessary to mention that the JBoss AS plugin makes use of WTP. - This includes starting and stopping servers in run or debug mode. It also includes targeting WTP - projects, such as Dynamic Web Projects, to certain server runtimes in order to ensure that the - proper jars from a specific server are added to the project's classpath - properly.</para> - <para>In order to get started creating, running, and debugging J2EE applications, we should create - our <property moreinfo="none">runtime</property> and <property moreinfo="none">server</property> instances.</para> - - <section> - <title>Runtimes</title> - <para>In <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>, the main purpose of Server Runtimes is to point to a - server installation somewhere on disk. In our case, this will be a JBoss installation, and it - can then be used for two primary purposes:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>it provides classpath additions to WTP projects that require them.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss server</property> at least, it provides information necessary for - the starting and stopping of the server, it tells which jars to run and which - configuration to use.</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <section id="InstNewRuntime"> - <title>Installing a New Runtime</title> - <para>You can install runtimes into eclipse from the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences </property> - </emphasis> menu, and then select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Server > Runtime Environments</property> - </emphasis> from the categories available on the left.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Installed Runtimes</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>From this preference page you can see all declared runtimes and their types as well. - Here, it's possible to edit or remove existing runtimes as well as add a new - one.</para> - - <para>To create a JBoss runtime click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Add</property> - </emphasis> button and choose a necessary type of runtime from the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property> - </emphasis> category.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding a Runtime</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - - <para>Now there is a separation between .org servers (the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property> - </emphasis> category) and product server that comes with JBoss EAP in JBDS ( the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Enterprise Middleware</property> - </emphasis> category).</para> - </note> - - <para>As you can see, <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provide its own adapters such as JBoss - 3.2, 4.0, 4.2 and 5.0 as well. The last one comes with its own new feature, that is a safer - incremental deployment, which prevents partial deployments to be picked up by the server. It - means that scanning for auto-deployment is suspended while files are being copied to the - deployment location and resumed when the copy is completed.</para> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>Currently we recommend you to use a fully supported JBoss 4.2 server adapter.</para> - </note> - - <para>You'll also note a Deploy-Only Runtime type. This type provides no classpath - for WTP projects. It is used solely by its server type for the purpose of setting up a - deploy directory for users who don't wish to make use of starting, stopping, or - debugging their projects inside eclipse.</para> - - <figure float="0" id="add_runtime_figure"> - <title>Adding a JBoss 4.2 Runtime</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The following table describes all the available options of the currant wizard - page.</para> - <table> - <title>Server Runtime Wizard Parameters</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> - - <thead> - <row> - <entry align="center"> - <para>Name</para> - </entry> - - <entry align="center"> - <para>Description</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Name</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The name of a new Runtime for a chosen server. We suggest that you - don't leave a default value. It's better to give descriptive - names that will help to distinguish one runtime from another.</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Home directory</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The path to a directory where the runtime is installed.</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>JRE</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The proper Java Runtime Environment. Because of the open-source nature of - JBoss, a user is likely to want to modify and repackage some of the - configuration-specific jboss jars and create their own configuration. Thus, rather - than forcing you to copy his entire JBoss installation, the structure of the - wizard allows to create only a new configuration instead.</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Directory</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The path to a directory where the configurations are installed.</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Configuration</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The list of configurations (all, default, minimal) that is updated as soon as - you browse to a valid runtime installation folder.</para> - </entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - - <para>As a result of having each runtime represent a specific configuration rather than the - server installation as a whole, it is very likely you'll create several different - runtimes to test each of your configurations. It becomes important to ensure your runtimes, - and later your servers, are given descriptive names that help you to remember which is - which.</para> - - <para>Press <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> to see your new runtime in the list.</para> - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>If you edit the configuration of a runtime, the changes don't affect the settings of the servers that currently use the runtime. - To apply the changes to them also,you should double right click the server, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Overview>Runtime Environment</property> </emphasis> - ,make sure that necessary configuration is chosen,click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> and then <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Save</property></emphasis> button.</para> - </note> - </section> - <section id="CopyRuntime"> - <title>Copying the existing runtime configuration</title> - <para>While installing a new runtime you can copy the configuration from the existing one. - To do this you should perform all the steps in the <link linkend="InstNewRuntime">previous</link> section except pressing <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> - in the New Server Runtime Environment menu . - </para> - <para>Make sure that you browse to a valid runtime folder and can see the list of configurations (all, default, minimal) in the Configuration section . - Then choose necessary Configuration from the list and click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Copy</property></emphasis>.The next dialog should appear. - </para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Copy the existing configuration</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4a.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Change the name Click on <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> and select your configuration location or leave as it's if you want it to be located together with other runtime configurations. - </para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Copy the existing configuration</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4b.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Click<emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none"> Ok </property></emphasis>and you should see the next wizard with the just added copied configuration. - - </para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Runtime with copied configuration</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4c.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para> Press <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> and you will see your new runtime in the list. - </para> - <para>You can also change a configuration of existing runtime to a copied one in the same way from the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none"> Window > Preferences </property></emphasis> - menu <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Server > Runtime Environments </property></emphasis> - and clicking <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property></emphasis>. - </para> - </section> - </section> - <section> - <title>Servers</title> - <para>WTP servers are eclipse-representations of a backing server installation. They are used to - start or stop servers, deploy to servers, or debug code that will run on the server. They keep - track of the modules (jars, wars, etc) you deploy to the server and also allow you to undeploy - those modules (see <link linkend="run_on_server_wizard">Deploying with Run On Server - Wizard</link> section). </para> - <para>Servers can be started or stopped with different <link linkend="com_line_arg">command-line - arguments</link>. They are often backed by a runtime object representing that server's - location.</para> - - <section> - <title>Creating a New Server</title> - - <para>There are many ways to get to the new server wizard. One way is to use the old standard <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other... </property> - </emphasis> and then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Server</property> - </emphasis>. This should show the wizard like below.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding a JBoss Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>A server object is that keeps track of things like command line arguments when starting - or stopping, and runtimes keep track of the location of the installation. Thus, each server - instance must be backed by an appropriate runtime. </para> - - <para> <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> New server wizard </property></emphasis> allows to name the server appropriately in the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Server name field </property></emphasis>or you can use a generated default name.If it's nessecary to restore the default name,after you defined yours, click the Reset default button(<inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4d.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>). - From the list of already declared runtimes in the combo box below the view it's - possible to select which runtime you want your server to be backed by. If there is no - runtime that matches your needs just press the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property> - </emphasis> link nearby to bring up the wizard for creating a new runtime (see the <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">Installing a New Runtime section</link>). To configure the already installed - runtimes you should go to server preferences that you can easily do by pressing the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Configure runtime environments...</property></emphasis> link.</para> - - <para>If the server you want to create doesn't have any installed runtime yet, the combo box - and the links are absent.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_6.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>In this case the next page in the wizard which has the same form as in <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">the previous section</link> will ask you to create the - associated runtime.</para> - <para>Either way, after targeting your server to a runtime, the final screen in this wizard is - largely confirmational, giving you a chance to verify that you've selected the - appropriate runtime. </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_7.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Press <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> - </emphasis> to complete the process of the server creation.</para> - <para>Now that we've created our runtimes and servers, we can dwell on all services - and tools that JBoss Server Manager provides.</para> - - <para>We hope, this guide helped you to get started with the JBoss Tools server manager. Besides, for additional information you are welcome on <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss forum</ulink>.</para> - </section> - </section> - - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="perspective" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/as/docs/reference/en/modules/perspective.xml" xreflabel="perspective"> - <?dbhtml filename="perspective.html"?> - <chapterinfo> - <keywordset> - <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> - <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> - <keyword>Deploy</keyword> - <keyword>Deployment</keyword> - <keyword>JBoss</keyword> - </keywordset> - </chapterinfo> - - <title>JBoss AS Perspective</title> - - <para>This chapter tells how to manage installed <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> via - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property>.</para> - - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property> is similar to the <property moreinfo="none">Java - perspective</property>, but it contains a few additional views. Two of the additional - views are standard views, specifically the <property moreinfo="none">Console view</property> and the - <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>. The other two views that are added are the - <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> and the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server - View</property>.</para> - - <section id="JBossServerView" role="updated"> - <?dbhtml filename="JBossServerView.html"?> - <title>The JBoss Server View</title> - - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is built on Common Navigator Framework - allowing extensions and is using label decorators what makes the UI enough compact - without loosing the vital information.</para> - - <para>Let's have a look at the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> and inspect - in detail all parts it consists of. </para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The JBoss Server View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <section id="jbossserver_view_toolbar"> - <title>JBoss Server View Toolbar</title> - <para>In the right top corner of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> there is a - special toolbar which provides a quick access to starting a server (in the debug - mode, run mode, or profile mode), restarting a server, stopping a server and a - possibility to publish to a server.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The JBoss Server View Toolbar</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>In order to debug your applications or EJB's that are deployed to the server, you - must start the server in debug mode. By starting the server in debug mode, eclipse - will allow you to set breakpoints on code in your workspace and step through the - code.</para> - - <para><emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property> - </emphasis> button allows to enable profiling actions for your application. For more - details on how to start using TPTP profiling with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> - refer to <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP Support</link> chapter.</para> - - <para><emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Publish to the server</property> - </emphasis> button will republish any modules where it has determined the workspace - is out of sync with the server. It will attempt to do an incremental publish if it - turns out that the module in question is capable of doing one.</para> - - </section> - - <section id="jbossserver_view_structure"> - <title>JBoss Server View Structure</title> - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> displays all declared servers as well - as their current states (that is whether they are started or stopped) and statuses - in the square brackets next to a server name.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The JBoss Server View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The following table lists possible server statuses.</para> - - <table> - <title>Server Publish Status</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> - - - <thead> - <row> - <entry align="center">Status</entry> - - <entry align="center">Description</entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - <row> - <entry align="center"> - <para>Republish</para> - </entry> - - <entry align="center"> - <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are - awaiting</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry align="center"> - <para>Publishing...</para> - </entry> - - <entry align="center"> - <para>The status which shows if changes are being updated</para> - </entry> - </row> - <row> - <entry align="center"> - <para>Synchronized</para> - </entry> - - <entry align="center"> - <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are - in-sync</para> - </entry> - </row> - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - - <para>You can control a server behavior as well as adjust some server preferences with - the help of the context menu commands.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Context Menu Commands</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_8.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>All available context menu commands are described in the following table.</para> - <table> - <title>Server Properties through the Context Menu</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> - - <thead> - <row> - <entry align="center"> - <para>Name</para> - </entry> - - <entry align="center"> - <para>Description</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>New Server</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The option allows to define a new server</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Open</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The option opens the Server editor</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Show in</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>This option gives an easy access to the next views: Console, - Debug view, Server Log or MBean Explorer</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Delete</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Standard option that allows to delete the chosen server</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Start</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The action for stating a server in a run mode</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Debug</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The action for stating a server in a debug mode</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Stop</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The action for stopping a declared server</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Publish</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The action for synchronizing the publish information between - the server and workspace</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Explore</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>This action uses the native OS file explorer to browse the - deploy destination. Note: The option is also available for - deployed resources/projects (see the figure below).</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Add and Remove Projects</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The option allows to publish a new project to the server (if - its type is supported)</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Monitoring</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Possibility to add ports to be monitored on the current - server</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Properties</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Opens the window to adjust the current server - preferences</para> - </entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - - <para>Under the server element in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>, you can - see currently deployed to the server modules and some server extensions which - provide the additional information on the server.</para> - - <para>The context menu for any module allows you to remove it from the server, force a - full or incremental republish upon it.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Modules Action</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_11.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <section id="filesets"> - <title>Filesets</title> - - <para>The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> - </emphasis> category in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is intended - for files filtering.</para> - - <para>To add a new file filter, right-click the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> - </emphasis> category and select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Create File Filter</property>.</emphasis></para> - <para id="filefilterWiz">The <property moreinfo="none">New File - Filter wizard</property> should appear.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Creating a New File Filter</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The wizard asks you to enter the filter name and add includes and excludes - patterns. The preview box underneath gives a list of files matched to the - defined patterns (see the figures bellow).</para> - <para>In order to set up a default fileset relative to the concrete configuration of the server runtime, use the following variable: - <literal moreinfo="none">${jboss_config}</literal>, i. e. you should type in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Root Directory</property></emphasis> something like <literal moreinfo="none">server/${jboss_config}/</literal>. - This is implemented in order you can modify the runtime's configuration and not have to manually update paths.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>New File Filter Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets2_a.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Notice, that the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> button still returns an absolute path:</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>New File Filter Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>After the filter is created, you can observe it by expanding the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> - </emphasis> category in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</para> - - <para>It's possible now to edit files directly from the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> - </emphasis> category. Double clicking on a file from <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> - </emphasis> opens up the editor automatically or you can use the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Edit File</property> - </emphasis> context menu command.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Direct Editing from the Filesets</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>To delete a file filter (or just a file) from the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>,</emphasis> right-click a file filter (or the - unnecessary file) and select the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Delete File Filter</property> - </emphasis> - <emphasis>(<property moreinfo="none">Delete File</property>)</emphasis> command.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Deleting the File from the Filesets</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>If you want to set filesets for some server types, you should open - <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window>Preferences</property></emphasis> - and then select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Server > Default Filesets</property></emphasis> - from the categories available on the left.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Deleting the File from the Filesets</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>On this preference page you can add a fileset - to any server type or to all servers at once.To do this you should select the server type in the combo box and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add fileset...</property></emphasis> button. - In the opened <property moreinfo="none">New File - Filter wizard</property> follow the steps described <link linkend="filefilterWiz">before</link> and finally click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> button on the preference page.</para> - <para>The defined file filter will be automatically added to new servers during creation.</para> - - - </section> - - <section id="xml_configuration"> - <title>XML Configuration</title> - <para>The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> - </emphasis> category allows you to quickly browse to descriptor files in your - server's deploy directory and check or change the values. Basically, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> - </emphasis> includes XML XPaths where an xpath is a path used to access some - specific part of an xml document. </para> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>You are assumed to be familiar with XPath. If not, we highly suggested - that you look through an appropriate manual or tutorial on the topic.</para> - </note> - - <para>The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> - </emphasis> category itself contains only a list of categories. <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property> - </emphasis> are provided by default and is filled with many of the most commonly - used ports in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>XML Configuration</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_14.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - -  - - <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>, </emphasis> you can create a new - category. Besides, context menu for <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> - </emphasis> category makes possible to disable it. You can disable any category - in the bottom part of the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis> Look for them in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Inactive Categories</property> - </emphasis> afterwards to re-enable.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New Category</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_15.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property> - </emphasis> or any other category in <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> - </emphasis>, you can create a new xpath.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New XPath</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_16.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>After that, the dialog shown below will appear.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding New XPath</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_17.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The goal here is to get an end result where the XPath matches up with a - necessary property. With that in mind, let's look how it works. If the - property you want to reach is the value of the <emphasis>name</emphasis> - attribute in the element <code><mbean></code>, then your <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property> - </emphasis>should end with <emphasis>mbean</emphasis> and your <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property> - </emphasis> should be <emphasis>name</emphasis> like on the next figure.</para> - - <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[... -<server> -... - <mbean code="org.jboss.ejb.EJBDeployer" - name="jboss.ejb:service=EJBDeployer" xmbean-dd=""> - -  - <xmbean> - <description> - The EJBDeployer responsible for ejb jar deployment</description> - ... - </xmbean> - </mbean> -</server> -]]></programlisting> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>XPath Preview</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_18.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <tip> - <title>Tip:</title> - <para>Notice, when you type the fields autocomplete to help you locate exactly - what xpath you're looking for.</para> - </tip> - - <para>Then, on the other hand, if your desired field is the text of an element - <code><description></code>, your <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property> - </emphasis> should end with <emphasis>description</emphasis> and <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property> - </emphasis> field should be left blank. When finished, click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Preview</property> - </emphasis> to see how many matches you have for that particular XPath.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>XPath Preview</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_19.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - </section> - - <section id="dragndrop_to_jboss_server_view"> - <title>Drag-n-Drop to JBoss Server View</title> - - <para>Starting from 2.0.0.CR2 version of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Tools</property> the - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> supports drag-n-drop of deployable and - runnable projects/resources.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Dragging to the JBoss Server View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/dnd_toJBossServerView.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>With drag-n-drop the following actions can be performed:</para> - - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>dragging a project to a server will deploy it to the server and run it by - showing the main page in a browser</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>dragging an <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.xhtml</property> - </emphasis> file from <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> - </emphasis> will do the same and show the corresponding page in a - browser</para> - </listitem> - - <listitem> - <para>dragging a deployable resource (i.e. a datasource (<emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property> - </emphasis>) file that has been made deployable) will simply deploy that - resource directly to the server</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>In short, the feature does the same thing as if you used the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Run On Server</property> - </emphasis> option or <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property> - </emphasis> option in the context menu of the server.</para> - </section> - - <section id="server_log"> - <title>Server Log View</title> - - <para>You can monitor the current server behavior with the help of the <property moreinfo="none">Server - Log</property>. To open a server in the <property moreinfo="none">Server Log view</property> you - should right-click on the server and follow to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Open in > Server Log</property>.</emphasis></para> - - <para>The <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property> - </emphasis> shows relevant information to your server's startup, shutdown, - and publish processes. This allows you to keep an eye on what's going on - (such as automatic incremental deployment if you have it enabled).</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Event Log Actions</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_12.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property> toolbar contains several icons that perform - the following actions:</para> - - <table> - <title>Server Log Toolbar Icons</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> - - <thead> - <row> - <entry align="center"> - <para>Name</para> - </entry> - - <entry align="center"> - <para>Description</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - <row> - <entry> - <para>Export Log</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Possibility to export the log into a text file</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Clear Log Viewer</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>The option clears the current server log</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Delete Log</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Click to delete the server log</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Open Log</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Click to open the server log text file</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Restore Log</para> - </entry> - <entry> - <para>Click to restore the server log</para> - </entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - - </section> - - <section id="server_editor"> - <title>Server Editor</title> - <para>By double-clicking on any server, an editor window will appear allowing you to - edit parts of that server.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Preferences Page for the Chosen Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <tip> - <title>Tip:</title> - <para>On the figure you can see that a username/password is available in the UI when - configuring the server. If you get a SecurityException when trying to launch the - server, it is most likely because your server is protected and hence you need to - fill the username/password fields with appropriate values.</para> - </tip> - - <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Under the </diffmk:wrapper><emphasis diffmk:change="added"> - <property diffmk:change="added" moreinfo="none"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Publishing</diffmk:wrapper></property></emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added"> section it' possible to disable/inable the automatic publishing of the changes in the workspace.</diffmk:wrapper></para> - - <para>It should be pointed out that our server adapter by default tries to automatically - detect the ports it needs for integrating with a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>. - Sometimes it can though be relevant to override this automatic detection if you are - using some custom configuration. For this purposes the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Server Ports</property> - </emphasis> section in the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> is provided where the - port settings are configurable. Click the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Configure...</property> - </emphasis> link to bring up the wizard for adjusting the settings for the - ports.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Server Ports Preferences</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Press <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Edit XPath</property> - </emphasis> button for the chosen port to configure its XPath's values.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>XPath Pattern for a Server Port</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_6.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> you are able to edit the timeouts and the server pollers to use.</para> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>By default, the Startup poller is set to JMX Poller (see the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Server Polling</property></emphasis> section). If you change the Startup poller - to Timeout Poller (it may need in case, for example, you're using the minimal configuration for your server), this will do no polling at all and will only set the server - state to <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">"Started"</property></emphasis> after your startup timeout is reached.</para> - </note> - - <para id="com_line_arg"><property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> makes it also possible to - modify the server's launch configuration. It's just after clicking <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Open launch configuration</property> - </emphasis> link. In the open window there are the tabs for setting command line - arguments, classpaths and other things that are relevant to launching the - server.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Launch Configuration Properties</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_7.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Look up <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/jbossas/guides/installguide/r1/en/html/start-stop.html">AS Installation Guide </ulink> to find parameters which can be specified for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - Server</property>.</para> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>Please note, that the Launch Configurations for JBoss Servers are enough - strict in enforcing the configured values in the server in order to avoid - inconsistencies between server's and their configured runtime.</para> - - <para>For example, if you change the launch configuration program arguments to - <emphasis>"-c myConfig"</emphasis> but do not change the - targeted runtime configuration, then your program arguments will be ignored. The - server runtime "wins" so to speak. This ensures consistency - and if you change the location of the runtime, your launch configurations will - automatically pick that up.</para> - - <para>Values are not controlled by the server and its runtime setup will be passed - on unaltered.</para> - </note> - - <para>Until 3.0.0.GA release of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>, the servers classpath - was readonly, but that caused problems for users wanting to add their own jars in - the startup classpath. That is relevant if you need to patch the server, add a - custom charset or other tweaks that require early access to the classpath.</para> - - <para>Now all servers have a custom 'server runtime classpath - container', which is there by default and point to the default jars in - JBoss. You can now adjust the classpath. Then just make sure this container is there - if you want the classpath to be picked up.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Server Classpaths</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/server_classpaths.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>If for some reason you have a launch configuration without this container, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Restore Default Entries</property> - </emphasis> should add it properly. Also, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Restore Default Entries</property> - </emphasis> will also remove any extra entries you added yourself.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> - <para>Find more about XPath in the <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20/">XPath - Documentation</ulink>.</para> - </section> - </section> - - <section id="Project_archivesView" role="updated"> - <title>Project Archives View</title> - <para>Every application, whether Plain Old Java, J2EE, or some other language altogether, - needs to be packaged in some way. In Java-related projects, many people use ANT. </para> - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>Those who use ANT will appreciate how the Project Archives Ant task is now - improved: it supports variables and gives more informative error/logging messages - when something goes wrong.</para> - </note> - - <para>But <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> come with our own Archives tool with a bit easier - and less-verbose XML and a handy user interface. The Project Archives plugin consists - primarily of a view, that is <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives view</property>, to set up each - packaging configuration.</para> - <para>So far, let's look through all functionality that the <property moreinfo="none">Project - Archives view</property> provides.</para> - - <section id="archives_overview"> - <title>Overview</title> - - <para>The packaging configuration for each project is stored in the project's root - folder, and is in a file named <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property> - </emphasis>, which has a fairly simple XML structure. Modifying the file by hand is - neither required nor recommended, and using the UI is the official way of modifying - your packaging structure.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Archives View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>A project's configuration contains archives. As you can see on the image - above a project can contain more than one archive. Internal archives and filesets - can be directly inside of an archive, or in some sub-folder of that archive.</para> - - <para>In the upper right corner of the view you can see an icon which, when clicked, - will build the selected top-level archive. Additionally, you can select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Project > Build Packages</property> - </emphasis> when a project is selected in the <property moreinfo="none">Packages View</property> to - build all declared packages in that project's <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property> - </emphasis> file. This will execute a full build on all declared archives.</para> - </section> - - <section id="Creating_Archive"> - <title>Creating an Archive</title> - - <para>When you open the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> for the first time, - it asks you to select the project for what you want to create an archive.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Archives View</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21a.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>When creating a new archive for selected project, you have some different options - at your disposal. You need right-click inside the view and select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">New Archive</property> - </emphasis> to see your archive type options.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Create an Archive</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_22.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <note> - <title>Note:</title> - <para>If you see only JAR from the list of available archive types, you should - verify whether AS Tools plugins/features are in place. EAR, EJB JAR and WAR - options are contributed by the AS Tools independently from webtools and the - virtual project model. Thus, without them only JAR will show up.</para> - </note> - - <para><property moreinfo="none">JAR</property> is the standard archive type, and does very little - configuration, leaving most of the work up to you. You can customize the name, add - folders, filesets, and inner jars to it.</para> - - <para>The other types, for the most part, simply start off with a default setting, - usually the jar with some specific children based on an expected structure of the - project. For example, if the project is a Dynamic Web Project, and you create a - <property moreinfo="none">WAR</property> archive, the archive will be created with a few - filesets relevant to the known structure of the project.</para> - - <para>Here is the first page of all New archive wizards. It is the same for any archive - type and the only page in the <property moreinfo="none">New Jar wizard</property>.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>New WAR Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>The page is pretty simple. First it asks to set the name of your new archive and a - destination.</para> - - <para>The destination of an archive can be anywhere on the file system, anywhere in the - workspace, inside some other archive, or inside a folder declared inside an archive. - Select the necessary checkbox (either <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">workspace</property> - </emphasis> or <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none"> file system</property> - </emphasis>) for marking the destination as related to either workspace or file - system. You can browse to workspace or filesystem destinations by clicking on their - respective buttons. To select a destination inside some other archive, you'll need - to press the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Workspace</property> - </emphasis> button. At the bottom of the list, you'll see archives that - have been declared in the workspace.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23a.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Also in the wizard for creating a new archive you can choose whether an archive to - be compressed or exploded into a folder (without compression). You need just select - proper chechbox in the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Archive type</property> - </emphasis> section.</para> - <para>If a build or incremental update fails Project Archives will show an error - dialog:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/projectarchives_error.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click in <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Details</property> - </emphasis> to see detailed information about what caused the error.</para> - - <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property> you can observe the created - archive.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Archive in the Package Explorer</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23b.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>If you use the exploded type of archiving, instead of a single file archive the - result put into a folder is displayed in the <property moreinfo="none">Package - Explorer</property>.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>The Exploded Archive in the Package Explorer</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23c.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <section id="CreatingaFolder"> - <title>Creating a Folder</title> - <para>Creating a folder is much easier. You simply right-click on an archive or - folder you want your new folder to be a child under. The only piece of required - information is naming the file.</para> - </section> - <section id="CreatingaFileSet"> - <title>Creating a FileSet</title> - <para>To create a new fileset, you click on an available target location such as an - archive, a nested archive, or a folder within an archive, and select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset</property>. </emphasis></para> - <para>The <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset wizard</property> requires a destination (where the - files will go), and a root directory (or where the files are coming from). The - source can be anywhere in the workspace or from the filesystem at large.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Adding a New FileSet</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Below that, the fileset requires only an includes pattern and an excludes - pattern. As you type in either of these fields, the preview viewer should update - itself with which files are matched.</para> - - <para>You can create a Fileset with flattening or without it. Look at the difference - on the figure below.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>The FileSet with flattening and without it</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24a.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - - <section diffmk:change="added" id="CreatingaUserLibrariesFileSet"> - <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Creating User Library FileSet</diffmk:wrapper></title> - - <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">If you use user libraries in your projects you can also refer to these from project archives and have all the .jar/.zip files they refer included into the archive.</diffmk:wrapper></para> - <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">To add a new user libraries file set, call the right-click menu on the necessary archive and choose " New User Libraries FileSet" item</diffmk:wrapper></para> - - <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"> - <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Adding New User Library Fileset</diffmk:wrapper></title> - <mediaobject diffmk:change="added"> - <imageobject diffmk:change="added"> - <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/perspective/userlibraryfileset1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">You can edit the existing user libraries as well using "User Libraries Fileset Wizard". Call the right-click menu on the library fileset and choose "Edit Fileset " item</diffmk:wrapper></para> - - <figure diffmk:change="added" float="0"> - <title diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">Editing User Library Fileset</diffmk:wrapper></title> - <mediaobject diffmk:change="added"> - <imageobject diffmk:change="added"> - <imagedata diffmk:change="added" fileref="images/perspective/userlibraryfileset2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - - </section> - - <section id="View_Actions"> - <title>Archive Actions</title> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_25.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>The context menu on the items in the view is extendable, but there are several - that come standard.</para> - - <table> - <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> - <tgroup cols="2"> - <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> - <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> - - - <thead> - <row> - <entry align="center"> - <para>Name</para> - </entry> - - <entry align="center"> - <para>Description</para> - </entry> - </row> - </thead> - - <tbody> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Build Archive (Full)</para> - </entry> - - <entry> - <para>The action enabled only on top-level archives, which initiates - a full build on that archive</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Edit Archive</para> - </entry> - - <entry> - <para>Standard action that brings up the wizard associated with that - particular node type and allows the details to be changed</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Delete Archive</para> - </entry> - - <entry> - <para>Deleting node is standard action with deletion not needing an - explanation</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Publish To Server</para> - </entry> - - <entry> - <para>The action means the ability to publish to a declared - server</para> - </entry> - </row> - - <row> - <entry> - <para>Edit publish settings</para> - </entry> - - <entry> - <para>Gives possibility to edit an archive publish settings</para> - </entry> - </row> - - </tbody> - </tgroup> - </table> - </section> - - <section id="PublishToServer"> - <title>Publishing to Server</title> - <para>Finally, you'll need to publish your application to a server. Here, we - show you how to do it with the help of <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>. </emphasis></para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_26.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>The dialog above appears after selecting <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>. </emphasis> To simply publish once, you - just select the server(s) that you want, and finish. If you want the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Publish to Server</property> - </emphasis> action on that particular Archive to publish always to that set of - servers, then check the appropriate checkbox. And finally, to enable automatic - publishing upon build events, check the last checkbox.</para> - <para>The automatic publishing feature is nice if, for example, your package's - destination (where it is built) is a temporary folder and you want the archive - published to several servers. If you only really want your archive published to one - server, it might be easier to have the archive's destination folder be the deploy - folder of the server.</para> - </section> - <section id="rel_res_links_archiving"> - <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> - <para>Refer to <ulink url="http://ant.apache.org/manual/index.html">Ant manual</ulink> - to find more on how to build your applications with help of Ant.</para> - - <para>We also recommend you to watch the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/demos/archiving/archiving.htm">movie</ulink> which demonstrates a powerful archiving functionality in - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para> - - <para>At this point, you are guessed to be familiar with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS - perspective</property> and your next step now is to explore how to work with - different kinds of projects.</para> - </section> - - </section> - - -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="webtools" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/as/docs/reference/en/modules/webtools.xml"> - <title>Projects</title> - <para>The most popular of the projects we deal with are the J2EE ones, such as Dynamic Web - Project, EJB Project, or EAR project. Web projects of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> are - Struts, JSF and Seam projects. All of them are called faceted projects. Thus, in this - chapter we are going to tell you about facets the main benefit of which to provide proper - structuring and packaging for any type of project.</para> - - <section> - <title>Faceted Projects Overview</title> - <para>The idea behind faceted projects is that each project can accept units of - functionality, or facets, which can be added or removed by the user. Most often, these - facets either add to the project's classpath, enable a builder, or watch the project in - some other fashion. Generally, every project concerned has at least one facet when - it's created. As an example, a Web project has a WebDoclet facet, or an EJB - Project has an EJB Module facet as prerequisites.</para> - - <para> WTP projects have undergone some criticism as being - <emphasis>over-engineered</emphasis> or too restrictive in their design. WTP projects - are set up in a tree-relationship to each other, where one project can be a child of - another. For example, an EAR project may have a Web Project child, an EJB project child, - or other types.</para> - - <para> However, the benefit of this is that the structure of your projects is then known, - and packaging it up *should* be trivial. Apparently, if your project is non-standard, or - you feel too confined by such rigid structural requirements, you can still choose to - package your project using the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Archives - plugin</link>.</para> - </section> - - - <section> - <title>Adding Facets to a Project</title> - - <para>In this section we're going to consider the facets added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - Tools</property> and show how you can configure them in a project: add new ones or - modify already existing configuration of the facets.</para> - - <para>One way to configure the facets is doing it while organizing a new project. To - demonstrate this let's create a new <property moreinfo="none">Dynamic Web Project</property> by - selecting <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property> - </emphasis> and then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Web > Dynamic Web Project</property>. </emphasis></para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> and you will see Dynamic Web Project page like on the figure below.</para> - - <para> The first page of most WTP projects allows you to target a specific runtime, - representing a server's library location. It will also provide you the ability to add - this project to an EAR project, and select a preselected default set of facets, called - a configuration, rather than manually select each facet you might want.</para> - <para> Selecting the runtime, again, allows the project to install the proper classpaths to - the project so it knows what code to compile against.</para> - - <figure float="0" id="dyn_web_project"> - <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click on the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property> - </emphasis> button next to <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property> section in order to open - the wizard which allows you to modify a chosen configuration. The wizard looks as - follows.</para> - - <figure float="0" id="project_facets"> - <title>Project Facets Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Here part of the listed facets are those which are provided by WTP. Some of them are - added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. They are:</para> - <itemizedlist> - <listitem> - <para>BIRT Charting Runtime Component</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>BIRT Reporting Runtime Component</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>JBoss ESB</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>JBoss Portlets</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>JBoss Web Services</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Seam</para> - </listitem> - </itemizedlist> - - <para>On this wizard page you can enable or disable any facet as well as change it version. - What you should note here is that some facets or facets versions may conflict with each - other. In case of incompatibility you'll be prompted about this in the combo - box underneath.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Facet Constraints</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>When switching on the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Runtimes</property> - </emphasis> tab on the right you'll see the current server Runtime.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Runtimes on the Project Facets Wizard</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>On this tab you can also create a new Server Runtime and make it primary by pressing <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Make Primary</property> - </emphasis> button after enabling it.</para> - - <para>Clicking on <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> - </emphasis> will save the chosen configuration of the facets and return you to the <link linkend="dyn_web_project">Dynamic Web Project wizard</link>. Further pages in the - wizard are specific to either the project type or the facets selected.</para> - - - <para>If you need to configure the facets for the existing project, you should bring up the - context menu for selected project and click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property> - </emphasis> and then <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property>. </emphasis> This will bring up the familiar - <link linkend="project_facets">Project Facets wizard</link>, where you can create - your own custom facets configuration.</para> - - <para></para> - - </section> - <section id="rel_resources_links"> - <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> - - <para>More on the WTP facets you can read in the <ulink url="http://help.eclipse.org/ganymede/index.jsp?topic=/org.eclipse.jst.j2ee.do...">eclipse help</ulink>.</para> - </section> -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="modules" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/as/docs/reference/en/modules/modules.xml"> - <title>Deploying Modules</title> - - <para>In this chapter it will be described how to deploy modules onto the server.</para> - <para> First of all it is necessary to say that deploying to a server is mostly painless. There - are several ways to do it provided by WTP, and some additional methods provided by JBoss - Tools. These methods are described further in this chapter.</para> - - <section> - <title>Deploying on the Package Explorer</title> - - <para>On the package explorer it is possible to publish either a project to a server or just - a single file. Let's look at how to do this.</para> - <section id="run_on_server_wizard"> - <title>Deploying with Run On Server Wizard</title> - <para> The first WTP method is to right-click on a project, such as a Dynamic Web - project, EJB project, or EAR project and then select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property> - </emphasis>. The resulting dialog allows you to select which supporting server the - project can be published to.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Define a New Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>Click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> - </emphasis> button to see add or remove projects page where you can choose projects - to configure them on server.</para> - <figure float="0" id="add_rem_proj"> - <title>Add or Remove Projects</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>This page of the wizard also allows to undeploy modules from the server. For that - choose proper module(s) from the right and click <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none"> < Remove</property> - </emphasis>. The modules will be completely undeployed after restarting your server - or republishing.</para> - <para>Generally, for the JBoss AS Server Adapters, publishing using this method will - force a default, best-guess, packaging configuration for your project. This - best-guess does not publish incrementally, but instead repackages your entire - project into a <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.war</property> - </emphasis>, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property> - </emphasis>, or <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property> - </emphasis> as appropriate, and then copies that file into the proper deploy - directory. For quicker smarter deployment, you will need to create archives using - the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives view</link> and customize - packaging yourself.</para> - - - - </section> - - <section id="single_file_deployment"> - <?dbhtml filename="DeployToServer.html"?> - <title>Deploying single files</title> - - <para>Sometimes it becomes necessary to deploy one or more files to a server. For - that in order not to do a full republish in the context menu of files a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property></emphasis> - option is provided that allows a single file deployment. To deploy these non-WTP files/projects - right click on the file (<emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property></emphasis>, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property></emphasis> etc.) and select <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property> - </emphasis> and it will be automatically deployed.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Deploy to Sever</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_6.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>The deployed files are listed side-by-side with other modules that are deployed to - the server.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Deployed files on the Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_7.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - </section> - - </section> - <section> - <title>Deploying with JBoss Server View</title> - <para>As it has been already mentioned <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> contains two - parts: the top part that displays all defined servers and the bottom part which provides - categories with additional information. Thus, in this section we suggest two more ways - to deploy resources onto the server.</para> - <section> - <title>Top part of JBoss Server View</title> - <para>In the top part of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> like in the Servers - View you should right click on a server and select the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property> - </emphasis> menu item.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Add and Remove Projects</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_3.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>This will bring up a <link linkend="add_rem_proj">familiar dialog</link> allowing - you to either publish projects or modules to a server, or remove them from the - server. If the selected module is a project like a Dynamic Web project, EJB project, - or EAR project, it will be published as through <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Run on Server</property> - </emphasis> wizard, with a best-guess full package. If, however, the selected - element is an archive from the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives - view</link>, it will be published according to the rules of that module - type.</para> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Bottom part of JBoss Server View</title> - <para>In the bottom part of <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> - </emphasis> there is a category called <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Modules</property> - </emphasis> which should display all currently-published modules on the server. - Right-clicking on the desired module and selecting <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Full Publish</property> - </emphasis> will force a full rebuild of the entire module.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Full Publish</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_4.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>Here, <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Publish</property> - </emphasis> is meant to enable publishing of only those parts where changes have - been made.</para> - </section> - </section> - <section> - <title>Deploying with Project Archives View</title> - <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property> you can right-click on any declared - archive and select the <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property> - </emphasis> element. For more on this subject, see <link linkend="PublishToServer">Publishing to Server</link> in the Project Archives View section.</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Publish to Server</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_5.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para> The only way to ensure an <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Build</property> - </emphasis>, such as changes to one <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.jsp</property>, </emphasis> - <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.html</property>, </emphasis> or <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">.class</property> - </emphasis> file, is to enable the builder for that project. This is done by either - changing the global preferences for the <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>, or by - enabling project-specific preferences and ensuring the builder is on.</para> - - <para>You can also use the "Finger touch" button for a quick restart of the project without restarting the server:</para> - <figure float="0"> - <title>Finger Touch button</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_8_finger_touch.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - <para>The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on project (i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR, jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects).</para> - - - <para>The last chapter covers a variety of methods on how you can deploy needed modules onto a - server.</para> - </section> -</chapter> - - -<chapter id="tptp_support" xml:base="file:///home/ochikvina/WORK/for_compare/jbosstools-3.1.0.CR1/as/docs/reference/en/modules/tptp_support.xml"> - <title>TPTP Support</title> - <para>This chapter provides an overview on how to enable TPTP Profiling for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - AS</property> adapters in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para> - - <section> - <title>TPTP Profiling</title> - - <para>To get TPTP profiling work on <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Application Server</property> you should - first download <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/download.php?file=/tptp/4.5.0/TPTP-4.5.0...">TPTP 4.5.0 Runtime</ulink> and install it, i. e. just add the content of <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">plugins/features</property> - </emphasis> folders from downloaded directory to the same folders in your eclipse - installation directory.</para> - - <para>And now all profile actions should work for you. To start <property moreinfo="none">JBoss - AS</property> in profiling mode use <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property> - </emphasis> button or <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Profile As > Profile on Server</property> - </emphasis> option in the context menu of the project.</para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Start the Server in Profiling mode</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_1.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - - <para>To enable TPTP features in your workbench use <property moreinfo="none">Profiling and Logging - Perspective</property> that you can find in the list of proposed perspectives: <emphasis> - <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other…</property> - </emphasis> - </para> - - <figure float="0"> - <title>Profiling and Logging Perspective</title> - <mediaobject> - <imageobject> - <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_2.png"></imagedata> - </imageobject> - </mediaobject> - </figure> - </section> - - <section> - <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> - <para>All additional information on TPTP(Test and Performance Tools Platform) you can find - in <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/tptp/home/downloads/4.5.0/documents/quicktour/quic...">eclipse documentation</ulink>.</para> - <para>In summary, this reference should help you to start with <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossas">JBoss AS</ulink> and get to know with functionality - for work with it.</para> - </section> -</chapter> - - -</book> +]><book xmlns:diffmk="http://diffmk.sf.net/ns/diff"> + + <bookinfo> + <title>JBoss Server Manager Reference Guide</title> + <corpauthor> + <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject role="fo"> + <imagedata fileref="images/jbosstools_logo.png" format="PNG"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + <imageobject role="html"> + <imagedata></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> + </corpauthor> + + <author><firstname>Anatoly</firstname><surname>Fedosik</surname></author> + <author><firstname>Olga</firstname><surname>Chikvina</surname></author> + <author><firstname>Rob</firstname><surname>Stryker</surname><email>rob.stryker(a)jboss.com</email></author> + <author><firstname>Svetlana</firstname><surname>Mukhina</surname><email>smukhina(a)exadel.com</email></author> + + <copyright> + <year>2007</year> + <year>2008</year> + <year>2009</year> + <year >2010</year> + <holder>JBoss by Red Hat</holder> + </copyright> + <releaseinfo> + Version: 2.1.0.CR2 + </releaseinfo> +<abstract> + <title></title> + <para> + <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/en/as/pdf/AS_Reference_...">PDF version</ulink> + </para> +</abstract> + + </bookinfo> + + + <toc></toc> + +<chapter id="quick_start" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/as/docs/reference/en/modules/quick_start.xml"> + <title>Quick Start with JBoss Server</title> + + <para>This chapter covers the basics of working with the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para> + + <section id="JBoss_server_key_features"> + <title>Key Features of JBoss Server</title> + <para>For a start, we propose you to look through the table of main features of JBoss Server:</para> + + <table> + + <title>Key Functionality for JBoss AS and Archive Tools</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="2*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="4*"></colspec> + <colspec align="left" colnum="3" colwidth="2*"></colspec> + + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Feature</entry> + <entry>Benefit</entry> + <entry>Chapter</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody> + <row> + <entry><para>JBoss AS plugin</para></entry> + <entry><para>Using WTP, JBoss AS plugin allows working with the server in run or debug mode. You can easily install runtimes and servers, copy the existing runtime configuration or configure it up to your needs.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="runtimes_servers">runtimes and servers</link> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><para>JBoss AS Perspective</para></entry> + <entry><para>It makes managing installed JBoss Server quite easy and includes the standard Console and Properties views, and specially added Project archives View and JBoss Server View for that purpose. </para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="perspective">JBoss AS perspective</link> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><para>Modules Deployment</para></entry> + <entry><para>A number of ways, provided by WTP and JBoss Tools, to deploy either a project or a single file on the server.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="modules">deploying modules</link> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><para>TPTP Support</para></entry> + <entry><para>Test and Performance Tools Platform (TPTP) profiling.</para></entry> + <entry> + <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP support</link> + </entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + + </tgroup> + </table> + + <para>If you + already have installed JBoss server and runtime you can quickly learn how to configure, start, + stop the server, to know deployment and archiving processes. How to install runtimes and servers + read in the <link linkend="runtimes_servers">Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</link> + chapter.</para> + + <para>To start working with JBoss AS, select a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Perspective</property> via + <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other > JBoss + AS</property>.</emphasis></para> + </section> + + <section id="starting"> + <title>Starting JBoss Server</title> + + <para>Starting <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> is quite simple. You can control the server + behaviour with the help of a special toolbar in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> + where you could <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">start</property> + </emphasis> it in a regular or debug mode, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">stop</property> + </emphasis> it or <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">restart</property> + </emphasis> it and <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">publish</property> + </emphasis> to the server.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>JBoss Server Toolbar</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>To launch the server click the green-with-white-arrow icon on the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server + View </property>or right click server name in this view and select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Start</property>. </emphasis> If this view is not open, select + <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > Server > + JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Start JBoss Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + + <section id="stopping"> + <title>Stopping JBoss Server</title> + + <para>To stop the server, click the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Stop</property> + </emphasis> icon in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> or right click the server name + and press <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Stop</property>.</emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Stop JBoss Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>When the server is stopped you will see <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Stopped</property> + </emphasis> state next to its name in the square brackets.</para> + <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> + <link linkend="JBossServerView">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section id="archiving"> + + <title>Project Archiving</title> + + <para><property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> comes with our own archives tool. The Project Archives + plugin consists primarily of a view to set up each packaging configuration <emphasis>( + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Show View > Other > JBoss Tools > Project archives</property>). + </emphasis></para> + <para>Right clicking in the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> you can create War, + EJB War, EAR or JAR archive.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Archive Creating</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_7.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Using the context menu on the item you can initiate a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">full build</property></emphasis> on + archive, <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">edit</property>,</emphasis> <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">delete</property></emphasis> or + <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">publish</property></emphasis> it.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_8.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>If you wish, you can assign a hotkey for the Build Project Archive action. A key binding can be added + by navigating to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences > General > Keys</property>.</emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Setting the Hotkey for Build Project Archive Action</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/hotkeys.png" scale="80"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>To perform the building of the project archives, select the project in the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property> view and execute the hotkey combination + you assigned for this action.</para> + + <para>Learn more about the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property> + <link linkend="Project_archivesView">here</link>.</para> + </section> + + <section id="deployment"> + <title>Deploying an Application to a Server</title> + + <para>There are two times to deploy your application:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>While creating it</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>After it already exists</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>When you create a new project (Seam, JSF or Struts) with the New Project or Import Project + wizards, the one of wizards steps has a <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Target Runtime</property> + </emphasis> and <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Target Server</property> + </emphasis> sections. You can deploy the application through the appropriate selection in + these sections.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the New Project Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4a.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Runtime and Server Sections in the Import Project Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_4b.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>You can deploy an existing application to a server by right-clicking the target defined + server in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> and then selecting <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add and + Remove Projects</property></emphasis> from the context menu.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Add and Remove Projects From the Context Menu.</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>If this application is not assigned to a server, it will be in the left-hand available + projects list. Clicking on the <property moreinfo="none">Add ></property> button will add it to the right-hand + configured projects list and deploy the application to this server.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Modifying The Projects that are Configured on the Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/quick_start_6.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <section id="publishing"> + <title>Publishing to JBoss Server</title> + <para>The publishing of all the modules added to a Server is performed automatically when starting a Server.</para> + <para>The automatic publish of the changes made to the workspace is turned on by default in order to permanently keep + the workspace in sync with the publish folder. If you need to control when to publish the changes, + just disable the automatic publish in the <link linkend="server_editor">Server Editor</link> and use the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Publish to Server</property></emphasis> (<inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/quick_start/publish_button.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>) button which initiates an incremental publish. + </para> + + <para>Here, we have just performed the basic steps you should know to quick start with JBoss + server. In fact, there are more functionalities which you can make use of. Further we will + talk about them in detail.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Other relevant resources on the topic</title> + + <para>All JBoss Developer Studio/JBoss Tools documentation you can find <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/2.1.0.GA">on JBoss Tools release documentation page</ulink>.</para> + <para>The latest documentation builds are available <ulink url="http://download.jboss.org/jbosstools/nightly-docs/"> JBoss Tools nightly builds documentation page</ulink>.</para> + + <para>Find out the answers on the frequently asked questions about JBoss AS 5 usage in the + <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/community/wiki/jboss5faq">JBoss5FAQ</ulink>. + </para> + + <para>The information on how to monitor a remote JBoss Server from Eclipse you can find in the following + <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/community/wiki/MonitorARemoteJbossServerFromEclipse">wiki article</ulink>.</para> + </section> + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="runtimes_servers" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/as/docs/reference/en/modules/runtimes_servers.xml" xreflabel="runtimes_servers"> + <?dbhtml filename="runtimes_servers.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> + <keyword>Deploy</keyword> + <keyword>Deployment</keyword> + <keyword>JBoss</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + <title>Runtimes and Servers in the JBoss AS plugin</title> + + <para>In this chapter we will discuss how to install runtimes and servers.</para> + + <para>First of all it's necessary to mention that the JBoss AS plugin makes use of WTP. + This includes starting and stopping servers in run or debug mode. It also includes targeting WTP + projects, such as Dynamic Web Projects, to certain server runtimes in order to ensure that the + proper jars from a specific server are added to the project's classpath + properly.</para> + <para>In order to get started creating, running, and debugging J2EE applications, we should create + our <property moreinfo="none">runtime</property> and <property moreinfo="none">server</property> instances.</para> + + <section> + <title>Runtimes</title> + <para>In <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>, the main purpose of Server Runtimes is to point to a + server installation somewhere on disk. In our case, this will be a JBoss installation, and it + can then be used for two primary purposes:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>it provides classpath additions to WTP projects that require them.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss server</property> at least, it provides information necessary for + the starting and stopping of the server, it tells which jars to run and which + configuration to use.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <section id="InstNewRuntime"> + <title>Installing a New Runtime</title> + <para>You can install runtimes into eclipse from the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Preferences </property> + </emphasis> menu, and then select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Server > Runtime Environments</property> + </emphasis> from the categories available on the left.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Installed Runtimes</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>From this preference page you can see all declared runtimes and their types as well. + Here, it's possible to edit or remove existing runtimes as well as add a new + one.</para> + + <para>To create a JBoss runtime click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Add</property> + </emphasis> button and choose a necessary type of runtime from the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property> + </emphasis> category.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding a Runtime</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + + <para>Now there is a separation between .org servers (the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Community</property> + </emphasis> category) and product server that comes with JBoss EAP in JBDS ( the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Enterprise Middleware</property> + </emphasis> category).</para> + </note> + + <para>As you can see, <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> provide its own adapters such as JBoss + 3.2, 4.0, 4.2 and 5.0 as well. The last one comes with its own new feature, that is a safer + incremental deployment, which prevents partial deployments to be picked up by the server. It + means that scanning for auto-deployment is suspended while files are being copied to the + deployment location and resumed when the copy is completed.</para> + + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>Currently we recommend you to use a fully supported JBoss 4.2 server adapter.</para> + </note> + + <para>You'll also note a Deploy-Only Runtime type. This type provides no classpath + for WTP projects. It is used solely by its server type for the purpose of setting up a + deploy directory for users who don't wish to make use of starting, stopping, or + debugging their projects inside eclipse.</para> + + <figure float="0" id="add_runtime_figure"> + <title>Adding a JBoss 4.2 Runtime</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The following table describes all the available options of the currant wizard + page.</para> + <table> + <title>Server Runtime Wizard Parameters</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> + + <thead> + <row> + <entry align="center"> + <para>Name</para> + </entry> + + <entry align="center"> + <para>Description</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <para>Name</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The name of a new Runtime for a chosen server. We suggest that you + don't leave a default value. It's better to give descriptive + names that will help to distinguish one runtime from another.</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Home directory</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The path to a directory where the runtime is installed.</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>JRE</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The proper Java Runtime Environment. Because of the open-source nature of + JBoss, a user is likely to want to modify and repackage some of the + configuration-specific jboss jars and create their own configuration. Thus, rather + than forcing you to copy his entire JBoss installation, the structure of the + wizard allows to create only a new configuration instead.</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Directory</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The path to a directory where the configurations are installed.</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry> + <para>Configuration</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The list of configurations (all, default, minimal) that is updated as soon as + you browse to a valid runtime installation folder.</para> + </entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <para>As a result of having each runtime represent a specific configuration rather than the + server installation as a whole, it is very likely you'll create several different + runtimes to test each of your configurations. It becomes important to ensure your runtimes, + and later your servers, are given descriptive names that help you to remember which is + which.</para> + + <para>Press <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> to see your new runtime in the list.</para> + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>If you edit the configuration of a runtime, the changes don't affect the settings of the servers that currently use the runtime. + To apply the changes to them also,you should double right click the server, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Overview>Runtime Environment</property> </emphasis> + ,make sure that necessary configuration is chosen,click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> </emphasis> and then <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Save</property></emphasis> button.</para> + </note> + </section> + <section id="CopyRuntime"> + <title>Copying the existing runtime configuration</title> + <para>While installing a new runtime you can copy the configuration from the existing one. + To do this you should perform all the steps in the <link linkend="InstNewRuntime">previous</link> section except pressing <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property></emphasis> + in the New Server Runtime Environment menu . + </para> + <para>Make sure that you browse to a valid runtime folder and can see the list of configurations (all, default, minimal) in the Configuration section . + Then choose necessary Configuration from the list and click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Copy</property></emphasis>.The next dialog should appear. + </para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Copy the existing configuration</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4a.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Change the name Click on <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> and select your configuration location or leave as it's if you want it to be located together with other runtime configurations. + </para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Copy the existing configuration</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4b.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Click<emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none"> Ok </property></emphasis>and you should see the next wizard with the just added copied configuration. + + </para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Runtime with copied configuration</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4c.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para> Press <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> and you will see your new runtime in the list. + </para> + <para>You can also change a configuration of existing runtime to a copied one in the same way from the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none"> Window > Preferences </property></emphasis> + menu <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Server > Runtime Environments </property></emphasis> + and clicking <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Edit</property></emphasis>. + </para> + </section> + </section> + <section> + <title>Servers</title> + <para>WTP servers are eclipse-representations of a backing server installation. They are used to + start or stop servers, deploy to servers, or debug code that will run on the server. They keep + track of the modules (jars, wars, etc) you deploy to the server and also allow you to undeploy + those modules (see <link linkend="run_on_server_wizard">Deploying with Run On Server + Wizard</link> section). </para> + <para>Servers can be started or stopped with different <link linkend="com_line_arg">command-line + arguments</link>. They are often backed by a runtime object representing that server's + location.</para> + + <section> + <title>Creating a New Server</title> + + <para>There are many ways to get to the new server wizard. One way is to use the old standard <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other... </property> + </emphasis> and then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Server</property> + </emphasis>. This should show the wizard like below.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding a JBoss Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>A server object is that keeps track of things like command line arguments when starting + or stopping, and runtimes keep track of the location of the installation. Thus, each server + instance must be backed by an appropriate runtime. </para> + + <para> <emphasis><property moreinfo="none"> New server wizard </property></emphasis> allows to name the server appropriately in the <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Server name field </property></emphasis>or you can use a generated default name.If it's nessecary to restore the default name,after you defined yours, click the Reset default button(<inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_4d.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>). + From the list of already declared runtimes in the combo box below the view it's + possible to select which runtime you want your server to be backed by. If there is no + runtime that matches your needs just press the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Add...</property> + </emphasis> link nearby to bring up the wizard for creating a new runtime (see the <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">Installing a New Runtime section</link>). To configure the already installed + runtimes you should go to server preferences that you can easily do by pressing the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Configure runtime environments...</property></emphasis> link.</para> + + <para>If the server you want to create doesn't have any installed runtime yet, the combo box + and the links are absent.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_6.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In this case the next page in the wizard which has the same form as in <link linkend="add_runtime_figure">the previous section</link> will ask you to create the + associated runtime.</para> + <para>Either way, after targeting your server to a runtime, the final screen in this wizard is + largely confirmational, giving you a chance to verify that you've selected the + appropriate runtime. </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Installed Server Runtime Environments</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/runtimes_servers/runtimes_servers_7.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Press <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Finish</property> + </emphasis> to complete the process of the server creation.</para> + <para>Now that we've created our runtimes and servers, we can dwell on all services + and tools that JBoss Server Manager provides.</para> + + <para>We hope, this guide helped you to get started with the JBoss Tools server manager. + Besides, for additional information you are welcome on + <ulink url="http://www.jboss.com/index.html?module=bb&op=viewforum&f=201">JBoss forum</ulink>.</para> + </section> + </section> + + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="perspective" role="updated" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/as/docs/reference/en/modules/perspective.xml" xreflabel="perspective"> + <?dbhtml filename="perspective.html"?> + <chapterinfo> + <keywordset> + <keyword>JBoss Developer Studio</keyword> + <keyword>Eclipse</keyword> + <keyword>Deploy</keyword> + <keyword>Deployment</keyword> + <keyword>JBoss</keyword> + </keywordset> + </chapterinfo> + + <title>JBoss AS Perspective</title> + + <para>This chapter tells how to manage installed <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property> via + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property>.</para> + + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS perspective</property> is similar to the <property moreinfo="none">Java + perspective</property>, but it contains a few additional views. Two of the additional + views are standard views, specifically the <property moreinfo="none">Console view</property> and the + <property moreinfo="none">Properties view</property>. The other two views that are added are the + <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> and the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server + View</property>.</para> + + <section id="JBossServerView" role="updated"> + <?dbhtml filename="JBossServerView.html"?> + <title>The JBoss Server View</title> + + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is built on Common Navigator Framework + allowing extensions and is using label decorators what makes the UI enough compact + without loosing the vital information.</para> + + <para>Let's have a look at the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> and inspect + in detail all parts it consists of. </para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The JBoss Server View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <section id="jbossserver_view_toolbar"> + <title>JBoss Server View Toolbar</title> + <para>In the right top corner of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> there is a + special toolbar which provides a quick access to starting a server (in the debug + mode, run mode, or profile mode), restarting a server, stopping a server and a + possibility to publish to a server.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The JBoss Server View Toolbar</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In order to debug your applications or EJB's that are deployed to the server, you + must start the server in debug mode. By starting the server in debug mode, eclipse + will allow you to set breakpoints on code in your workspace and step through the + code.</para> + + <para><emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property> + </emphasis> button allows to enable profiling actions for your application. For more + details on how to start using TPTP profiling with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> + refer to <link linkend="tptp_support">TPTP Support</link> chapter.</para> + + <para><emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Publish to the server</property> + </emphasis> button will republish any modules where it has determined the workspace + is out of sync with the server. It will attempt to do an incremental publish if it + turns out that the module in question is capable of doing one.</para> + + </section> + + <section id="jbossserver_view_structure"> + <title>JBoss Server View Structure</title> + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> displays all declared servers as well + as their current states (that is whether they are started or stopped) and statuses + in the square brackets next to a server name.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The JBoss Server View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The following table lists possible server statuses.</para> + + <table> + <title>Server Publish Status</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> + + + <thead> + <row> + <entry align="center">Status</entry> + + <entry align="center">Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + <row> + <entry align="center"> + <para>Republish</para> + </entry> + + <entry align="center"> + <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are + awaiting</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry align="center"> + <para>Publishing...</para> + </entry> + + <entry align="center"> + <para>The status which shows if changes are being updated</para> + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry align="center"> + <para>Synchronized</para> + </entry> + + <entry align="center"> + <para>The status which allows you to see if changes are + in-sync</para> + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <para>You can control a server behavior as well as adjust some server preferences with + the help of the context menu commands.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Context Menu Commands</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_8.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>All available context menu commands are described in the following table.</para> + <table> + <title>Server Properties through the Context Menu</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> + + <thead> + <row> + <entry align="center"> + <para>Name</para> + </entry> + + <entry align="center"> + <para>Description</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <para>New Server</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The option allows to define a new server</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Open</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The option opens the Server editor</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Show in</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>This option gives an easy access to the next views: Console, + Debug view, Server Log or MBean Explorer</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Delete</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Standard option that allows to delete the chosen server</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Start</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The action for stating a server in a run mode</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Debug</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The action for stating a server in a debug mode</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Stop</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The action for stopping a declared server</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Publish</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The action for synchronizing the publish information between + the server and workspace</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Explore</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>This action uses the native OS file explorer to browse the + deploy destination. Note: The option is also available for + deployed resources/projects (see the figure below).</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Add and Remove Projects</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The option allows to publish a new project to the server (if + its type is supported)</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Monitoring</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Possibility to add ports to be monitored on the current + server</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Properties</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Opens the window to adjust the current server + preferences</para> + </entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <para>Under the server element in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>, you can + see currently deployed to the server modules and some server extensions which + provide the additional information on the server.</para> + + <para>The context menu for any module allows you to remove it from the server, force a + full or incremental republish upon it.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Modules Action</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_11.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <section id="filesets"> + <title>Filesets</title> + + <para>The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> + </emphasis> category in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> is intended + for files filtering.</para> + + <para>To add a new file filter, right-click the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> + </emphasis> category and select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Create File Filter</property>.</emphasis></para> + <para id="filefilterWiz">The <property moreinfo="none">New File + Filter wizard</property> should appear.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Creating a New File Filter</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The wizard asks you to enter the filter name and add includes and excludes + patterns. The preview box underneath gives a list of files matched to the + defined patterns (see the figures bellow).</para> + <para>In order to set up a default fileset relative to the concrete configuration of the server runtime, use the following variable: + <literal moreinfo="none">${jboss_config}</literal>, i. e. you should type in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Root Directory</property></emphasis> something like <literal moreinfo="none">server/${jboss_config}/</literal>. + This is implemented in order you can modify the runtime's configuration and not have to manually update paths.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>New File Filter Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets2_a.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Notice, that the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Browse</property></emphasis> button still returns an absolute path:</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>New File Filter Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>After the filter is created, you can observe it by expanding the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> + </emphasis> category in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</para> + + <para>It's possible now to edit files directly from the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> + </emphasis> category. Double clicking on a file from <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property> + </emphasis> opens up the editor automatically or you can use the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Edit File</property> + </emphasis> context menu command.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Direct Editing from the Filesets</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>To delete a file filter (or just a file) from the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Filesets</property>,</emphasis> right-click a file filter (or the + unnecessary file) and select the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Delete File Filter</property> + </emphasis> + <emphasis>(<property moreinfo="none">Delete File</property>)</emphasis> command.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Deleting the File from the Filesets</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>If you want to set filesets for some server types, you should open + <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Window>Preferences</property></emphasis> + and then select <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Server > Default Filesets</property></emphasis> + from the categories available on the left.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Deleting the File from the Filesets</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/filesets5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>On this preference page you can add a fileset + to any server type or to all servers at once.To do this you should select the server type in the combo box and click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Add fileset...</property></emphasis> button. + In the opened <property moreinfo="none">New File + Filter wizard</property> follow the steps described <link linkend="filefilterWiz">before</link> and finally click <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Apply</property></emphasis> button on the preference page.</para> + <para>The defined file filter will be automatically added to new servers during creation.</para> + + + </section> + + <section id="xml_configuration"> + <title>XML Configuration</title> + <para>The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> + </emphasis> category allows you to quickly browse to descriptor files in your + server's deploy directory and check or change the values. Basically, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> + </emphasis> includes XML XPaths where an xpath is a path used to access some + specific part of an xml document. </para> + + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>You are assumed to be familiar with XPath. If not, we highly suggested + that you look through an appropriate manual or tutorial on the topic.</para> + </note> + + <para>The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> + </emphasis> category itself contains only a list of categories. <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property> + </emphasis> are provided by default and is filled with many of the most commonly + used ports in the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>XML Configuration</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_14.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + +  + + <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property>, </emphasis> you can create a new + category. Besides, context menu for <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> + </emphasis> category makes possible to disable it. You can disable any category + in the bottom part of the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property>.</emphasis> Look for them in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Inactive Categories</property> + </emphasis> afterwards to re-enable.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New Category</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_15.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>By right-clicking on <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Ports</property> + </emphasis> or any other category in <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XML Configuration</property> + </emphasis>, you can create a new xpath.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New XPath</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_16.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>After that, the dialog shown below will appear.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New XPath</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_17.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The goal here is to get an end result where the XPath matches up with a + necessary property. With that in mind, let's look how it works. If the + property you want to reach is the value of the <emphasis>name</emphasis> + attribute in the element <code><mbean></code>, then your <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property> + </emphasis>should end with <emphasis>mbean</emphasis> and your <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property> + </emphasis> should be <emphasis>name</emphasis> like on the next figure.</para> + + <programlisting format="linespecific" role="XML"><![CDATA[... +<server> +... + <mbean code="org.jboss.ejb.EJBDeployer" + name="jboss.ejb:service=EJBDeployer" xmbean-dd=""> + +  + <xmbean> + <description> + The EJBDeployer responsible for ejb jar deployment</description> + ... + </xmbean> + </mbean> +</server> +]]></programlisting> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>XPath Preview</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_18.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <tip> + <title>Tip:</title> + <para>Notice, when you type the fields autocomplete to help you locate exactly + what xpath you're looking for.</para> + </tip> + + <para>Then, on the other hand, if your desired field is the text of an element + <code><description></code>, your <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">XPath Patten</property> + </emphasis> should end with <emphasis>description</emphasis> and <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Attribute Name</property> + </emphasis> field should be left blank. When finished, click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Preview</property> + </emphasis> to see how many matches you have for that particular XPath.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>XPath Preview</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_19.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + </section> + + <section id="dragndrop_to_jboss_server_view"> + <title>Drag-n-Drop to JBoss Server View</title> + + <para>Starting from 2.0.0.CR2 version of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS Tools</property> the + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> supports drag-n-drop of deployable and + runnable projects/resources.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Dragging to the JBoss Server View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/dnd_toJBossServerView.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>With drag-n-drop the following actions can be performed:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>dragging a project to a server will deploy it to the server and run it by + showing the main page in a browser</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>dragging an <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.xhtml</property> + </emphasis> file from <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">WebContent</property> + </emphasis> will do the same and show the corresponding page in a + browser</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>dragging a deployable resource (i.e. a datasource (<emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property> + </emphasis>) file that has been made deployable) will simply deploy that + resource directly to the server</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>In short, the feature does the same thing as if you used the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Run On Server</property> + </emphasis> option or <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property> + </emphasis> option in the context menu of the server.</para> + </section> + + <section id="server_log"> + <title>Server Log View</title> + + <para>You can monitor the current server behavior with the help of the <property moreinfo="none">Server + Log</property>. To open a server in the <property moreinfo="none">Server Log view</property> you + should right-click on the server and follow to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Open in > Server Log</property>.</emphasis></para> + + <para>The <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property> + </emphasis> shows relevant information to your server's startup, shutdown, + and publish processes. This allows you to keep an eye on what's going on + (such as automatic incremental deployment if you have it enabled).</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Event Log Actions</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_12.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">Server Log</property> toolbar contains several icons that perform + the following actions:</para> + + <table> + <title>Server Log Toolbar Icons</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> + + <thead> + <row> + <entry align="center"> + <para>Name</para> + </entry> + + <entry align="center"> + <para>Description</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + <row> + <entry> + <para>Export Log</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Possibility to export the log into a text file</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Clear Log Viewer</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>The option clears the current server log</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Delete Log</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Click to delete the server log</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Open Log</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Click to open the server log text file</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Restore Log</para> + </entry> + <entry> + <para>Click to restore the server log</para> + </entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + </section> + + <section id="server_editor"> + <title>Server Editor</title> + <para>By double-clicking on any server, an editor window will appear allowing you to + edit parts of that server.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Preferences Page for the Chosen Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <tip> + <title>Tip:</title> + <para>On the figure you can see that a username/password is available in the UI when + configuring the server. If you get a SecurityException when trying to launch the + server, it is most likely because your server is protected and hence you need to + fill the username/password fields with appropriate values.</para> + </tip> + + <para>Under the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Publishing</property></emphasis> section it' possible to disable/inable the automatic publishing of the changes in the workspace.</para> + + <para>It should be pointed out that our server adapter by default tries to automatically + detect the ports it needs for integrating with a <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server</property>. + Sometimes it can though be relevant to override this automatic detection if you are + using some custom configuration. For this purposes the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Server Ports</property> + </emphasis> section in the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> is provided where the + port settings are configurable. Click the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Configure...</property> + </emphasis> link to bring up the wizard for adjusting the settings for the + ports.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Server Ports Preferences</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Press <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Edit XPath</property> + </emphasis> button for the chosen port to configure its XPath's values.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>XPath Pattern for a Server Port</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_6.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> you are able to edit the timeouts and the server pollers to use.</para> + + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>By default, the Startup poller is set to JMX Poller (see the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Server Polling</property></emphasis> section). If you change the Startup poller + to Timeout Poller (it may need in case, for example, you're using the minimal configuration for your server), this will do no polling at all and will only set the server + state to <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">"Started"</property></emphasis> after your startup timeout is reached.</para> + </note> + + <para id="com_line_arg"><property moreinfo="none">Server editor</property> makes it also possible to + modify the server's launch configuration. It's just after clicking <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Open launch configuration</property> + </emphasis><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="changed"> link. In the open window there are the tabs for setting command line + arguments, main, classpaths and other things that are relevant to launching the + server.</diffmk:wrapper></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Launch Configuration Properties</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_7.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">The first tab shows the Jboss server arguments</diffmk:wrapper></para> + <para>Look up <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/jbossas/guides/installguide/r1/en/html/start-stop.html">AS Installation Guide </ulink> to find parameters which can be specified for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + Server</property>.</para> + + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>Please note, that the Launch Configurations for JBoss Servers are enough + strict in enforcing the configured values in the server in order to avoid + inconsistencies between server's and their configured runtime.</para> + + <para>For example, if you change the launch configuration program arguments to + <emphasis>"-c myConfig"</emphasis> but do not change the + targeted runtime configuration, then your program arguments will be ignored. The + server runtime "wins" so to speak. This ensures consistency + and if you change the location of the runtime, your launch configurations will + automatically pick that up.</para> + + <para>Values are not controlled by the server and its runtime setup will be passed + on unaltered.</para> + </note> + + <para diffmk:change="added"><diffmk:wrapper diffmk:change="added">On the second tab you find the main class used for launching JBoss AS (default is org.jboss.Main), you can change it, if necessary. </diffmk:wrapper></para> + + <para>Until 3.0.0.GA release of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>, the servers classpath + was readonly, but that caused problems for users wanting to add their own jars in + the startup classpath. That is relevant if you need to patch the server, add a + custom charset or other tweaks that require early access to the classpath.</para> + + <para>Now all servers have a custom 'server runtime classpath + container', which is there by default and point to the default jars in + JBoss. You can now adjust the classpath. Then just make sure this container is there + if you want the classpath to be picked up.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Server Classpaths</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/server_classpaths.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>If for some reason you have a launch configuration without this container, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Restore Default Entries</property> + </emphasis> should add it properly. Also, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Restore Default Entries</property> + </emphasis> will also remove any extra entries you added yourself.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> + <para>Find more about XPath in the <ulink url="http://www.w3.org/TR/xpath20/">XPath + Documentation</ulink>.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <section id="Project_archivesView" role="updated"> + <title>Project Archives View</title> + <para>Every application, whether Plain Old Java, J2EE, or some other language altogether, + needs to be packaged in some way. In Java-related projects, many people use ANT. </para> + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>Those who use ANT will appreciate how the Project Archives Ant task is now + improved: it supports variables and gives more informative error/logging messages + when something goes wrong.</para> + </note> + + <para>But <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> come with our own Archives tool with a bit easier + and less-verbose XML and a handy user interface. The Project Archives plugin consists + primarily of a view, that is <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives view</property>, to set up each + packaging configuration.</para> + <para>So far, let's look through all functionality that the <property moreinfo="none">Project + Archives view</property> provides.</para> + + <section id="archives_overview"> + <title>Overview</title> + + <para>The packaging configuration for each project is stored in the project's root + folder, and is in a file named <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property> + </emphasis>, which has a fairly simple XML structure. Modifying the file by hand is + neither required nor recommended, and using the UI is the official way of modifying + your packaging structure.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Archives View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>A project's configuration contains archives. As you can see on the image + above a project can contain more than one archive. Internal archives and filesets + can be directly inside of an archive, or in some sub-folder of that archive.</para> + + <para>In the upper right corner of the view you can see an icon which, when clicked, + will build the selected top-level archive. Additionally, you can select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Project > Build Packages</property> + </emphasis> when a project is selected in the <property moreinfo="none">Packages View</property> to + build all declared packages in that project's <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.packages</property> + </emphasis> file. This will execute a full build on all declared archives.</para> + </section> + + <section id="Creating_Archive"> + <title>Creating an Archive</title> + + <para>When you open the <property moreinfo="none">Project archives view</property> for the first time, + it asks you to select the project for what you want to create an archive.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Archives View</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_21a.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>When creating a new archive for selected project, you have some different options + at your disposal. You need right-click inside the view and select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">New Archive</property> + </emphasis> to see your archive type options.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Create an Archive</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_22.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <note> + <title>Note:</title> + <para>If you see only JAR from the list of available archive types, you should + verify whether AS Tools plugins/features are in place. EAR, EJB JAR and WAR + options are contributed by the AS Tools independently from webtools and the + virtual project model. Thus, without them only JAR will show up.</para> + </note> + + <para><property moreinfo="none">JAR</property> is the standard archive type, and does very little + configuration, leaving most of the work up to you. You can customize the name, add + folders, filesets, and inner jars to it.</para> + + <para>The other types, for the most part, simply start off with a default setting, + usually the jar with some specific children based on an expected structure of the + project. For example, if the project is a Dynamic Web Project, and you create a + <property moreinfo="none">WAR</property> archive, the archive will be created with a few + filesets relevant to the known structure of the project.</para> + + <para>Here is the first page of all New archive wizards. It is the same for any archive + type and the only page in the <property moreinfo="none">New Jar wizard</property>.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>New WAR Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The page is pretty simple. First it asks to set the name of your new archive and a + destination.</para> + + <para>The destination of an archive can be anywhere on the file system, anywhere in the + workspace, inside some other archive, or inside a folder declared inside an archive. + Select the necessary checkbox (either <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">workspace</property> + </emphasis> or <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none"> file system</property> + </emphasis>) for marking the destination as related to either workspace or file + system. You can browse to workspace or filesystem destinations by clicking on their + respective buttons. To select a destination inside some other archive, you'll need + to press the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Workspace</property> + </emphasis> button. At the bottom of the list, you'll see archives that + have been declared in the workspace.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23a.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Also in the wizard for creating a new archive you can choose whether an archive to + be compressed or exploded into a folder (without compression). You need just select + proper chechbox in the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Archive type</property> + </emphasis> section.</para> + <para>If a build or incremental update fails Project Archives will show an error + dialog:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Selecting the destination in the workspace</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/projectarchives_error.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click in <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Details</property> + </emphasis> to see detailed information about what caused the error.</para> + + <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Package Explorer</property> you can observe the created + archive.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Archive in the Package Explorer</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23b.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>If you use the exploded type of archiving, instead of a single file archive the + result put into a folder is displayed in the <property moreinfo="none">Package + Explorer</property>.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>The Exploded Archive in the Package Explorer</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_23c.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <section id="CreatingaFolder"> + <title>Creating a Folder</title> + <para>Creating a folder is much easier. You simply right-click on an archive or + folder you want your new folder to be a child under. The only piece of required + information is naming the file.</para> + </section> + <section id="CreatingaFileSet"> + <title>Creating a FileSet</title> + <para>To create a new fileset, you click on an available target location such as an + archive, a nested archive, or a folder within an archive, and select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset</property>. </emphasis></para> + <para>The <property moreinfo="none">New Fileset wizard</property> requires a destination (where the + files will go), and a root directory (or where the files are coming from). The + source can be anywhere in the workspace or from the filesystem at large.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding a New FileSet</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Below that, the fileset requires only an includes pattern and an excludes + pattern. As you type in either of these fields, the preview viewer should update + itself with which files are matched.</para> + + <para>You can create a Fileset with flattening or without it. Look at the difference + on the figure below.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>The FileSet with flattening and without it</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_24a.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + + <section id="CreatingaUserLibrariesFileSet"> + <title>Creating User Library FileSet</title> + + <para>If you use user libraries in your projects you can also refer to these from project archives and have all the .jar/.zip files they refer included into the archive.</para> + <para>To add a new user libraries file set, call the right-click menu on the necessary archive and choose " New User Libraries FileSet" item</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Adding New User Library Fileset</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/userlibraryfileset1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>You can edit the existing user libraries as well using "User Libraries Fileset Wizard". Call the right-click menu on the library fileset and choose "Edit Fileset " item</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Editing User Library Fileset</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/userlibraryfileset2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + + </section> + + <section id="View_Actions"> + <title>Archive Actions</title> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_25.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The context menu on the items in the view is extendable, but there are several + that come standard.</para> + + <table> + <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + <colspec align="left" colnum="1" colwidth="1*"></colspec> + <colspec colnum="2" colwidth="3*"></colspec> + + + <thead> + <row> + <entry align="center"> + <para>Name</para> + </entry> + + <entry align="center"> + <para>Description</para> + </entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Build Archive (Full)</para> + </entry> + + <entry> + <para>The action enabled only on top-level archives, which initiates + a full build on that archive</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Edit Archive</para> + </entry> + + <entry> + <para>Standard action that brings up the wizard associated with that + particular node type and allows the details to be changed</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Delete Archive</para> + </entry> + + <entry> + <para>Deleting node is standard action with deletion not needing an + explanation</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Publish To Server</para> + </entry> + + <entry> + <para>The action means the ability to publish to a declared + server</para> + </entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry> + <para>Edit publish settings</para> + </entry> + + <entry> + <para>Gives possibility to edit an archive publish settings</para> + </entry> + </row> + + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </section> + + <section id="PublishToServer"> + <title>Publishing to Server</title> + <para>Finally, you'll need to publish your application to a server. Here, we + show you how to do it with the help of <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>. </emphasis></para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Context Menu on the Item</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/perspective/perspective_26.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The dialog above appears after selecting <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property>. </emphasis> To simply publish once, you + just select the server(s) that you want, and finish. If you want the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Publish to Server</property> + </emphasis> action on that particular Archive to publish always to that set of + servers, then check the appropriate checkbox. And finally, to enable automatic + publishing upon build events, check the last checkbox.</para> + <para>The automatic publishing feature is nice if, for example, your package's + destination (where it is built) is a temporary folder and you want the archive + published to several servers. If you only really want your archive published to one + server, it might be easier to have the archive's destination folder be the deploy + folder of the server.</para> + </section> + <section id="rel_res_links_archiving"> + <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> + <para>Refer to <ulink url="http://ant.apache.org/manual/index.html">Ant manual</ulink> + to find more on how to build your applications with help of Ant.</para> + + <para>We also recommend you to watch the <ulink url="http://docs.jboss.org/tools/movies/demos/archiving/archiving.htm">movie</ulink> which demonstrates a powerful archiving functionality in + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para> + + <para>At this point, you are guessed to be familiar with <property moreinfo="none">JBoss AS + perspective</property> and your next step now is to explore how to work with + different kinds of projects.</para> + </section> + + </section> + + +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="webtools" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/as/docs/reference/en/modules/webtools.xml"> + <title>Projects</title> + <para>The most popular of the projects we deal with are the J2EE ones, such as Dynamic Web + Project, EJB Project, or EAR project. Web projects of <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property> are + Struts, JSF and Seam projects. All of them are called faceted projects. Thus, in this + chapter we are going to tell you about facets the main benefit of which to provide proper + structuring and packaging for any type of project.</para> + + <section> + <title>Faceted Projects Overview</title> + <para>The idea behind faceted projects is that each project can accept units of + functionality, or facets, which can be added or removed by the user. Most often, these + facets either add to the project's classpath, enable a builder, or watch the project in + some other fashion. Generally, every project concerned has at least one facet when + it's created. As an example, a Web project has a WebDoclet facet, or an EJB + Project has an EJB Module facet as prerequisites.</para> + + <para> WTP projects have undergone some criticism as being + <emphasis>over-engineered</emphasis> or too restrictive in their design. WTP projects + are set up in a tree-relationship to each other, where one project can be a child of + another. For example, an EAR project may have a Web Project child, an EJB project child, + or other types.</para> + + <para> However, the benefit of this is that the structure of your projects is then known, + and packaging it up *should* be trivial. Apparently, if your project is non-standard, or + you feel too confined by such rigid structural requirements, you can still choose to + package your project using the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Archives + plugin</link>.</para> + </section> + + + <section> + <title>Adding Facets to a Project</title> + + <para>In this section we're going to consider the facets added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + Tools</property> and show how you can configure them in a project: add new ones or + modify already existing configuration of the facets.</para> + + <para>One way to configure the facets is doing it while organizing a new project. To + demonstrate this let's create a new <property moreinfo="none">Dynamic Web Project</property> by + selecting <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">File > New > Other...</property> + </emphasis> and then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Web > Dynamic Web Project</property>. </emphasis></para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> + </emphasis> and you will see Dynamic Web Project page like on the figure below.</para> + + <para> The first page of most WTP projects allows you to target a specific runtime, + representing a server's library location. It will also provide you the ability to add + this project to an EAR project, and select a preselected default set of facets, called + a configuration, rather than manually select each facet you might want.</para> + <para> Selecting the runtime, again, allows the project to install the proper classpaths to + the project so it knows what code to compile against.</para> + + <figure float="0" id="dyn_web_project"> + <title>New Dynamic Web Project</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click on the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Modify</property> + </emphasis> button next to <property moreinfo="none">Configuration</property> section in order to open + the wizard which allows you to modify a chosen configuration. The wizard looks as + follows.</para> + + <figure float="0" id="project_facets"> + <title>Project Facets Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Here part of the listed facets are those which are provided by WTP. Some of them are + added by <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>. They are:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>BIRT Charting Runtime Component</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>BIRT Reporting Runtime Component</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>JBoss ESB</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>JBoss Portlets</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>JBoss Web Services</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Seam</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>On this wizard page you can enable or disable any facet as well as change it version. + What you should note here is that some facets or facets versions may conflict with each + other. In case of incompatibility you'll be prompted about this in the combo + box underneath.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Facet Constraints</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>When switching on the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Runtimes</property> + </emphasis> tab on the right you'll see the current server Runtime.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Runtimes on the Project Facets Wizard</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/webtools/webtools_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>On this tab you can also create a new Server Runtime and make it primary by pressing <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Make Primary</property> + </emphasis> button after enabling it.</para> + + <para>Clicking on <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">OK</property> + </emphasis> will save the chosen configuration of the facets and return you to the <link linkend="dyn_web_project">Dynamic Web Project wizard</link>. Further pages in the + wizard are specific to either the project type or the facets selected.</para> + + + <para>If you need to configure the facets for the existing project, you should bring up the + context menu for selected project and click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Properties</property> + </emphasis> and then <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Project Facets</property>. </emphasis> This will bring up the familiar + <link linkend="project_facets">Project Facets wizard</link>, where you can create + your own custom facets configuration.</para> + + <para></para> + + </section> + <section id="rel_resources_links"> + <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> + + <para>More on the WTP facets you can read in the <ulink url="http://help.eclipse.org/ganymede/index.jsp?topic=/org.eclipse.jst.j2ee.do...">eclipse help</ulink>.</para> + </section> +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="modules" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/as/docs/reference/en/modules/modules.xml"> + <title>Deploying Modules</title> + + <para>In this chapter it will be described how to deploy modules onto the server.</para> + <para> First of all it is necessary to say that deploying to a server is mostly painless. There + are several ways to do it provided by WTP, and some additional methods provided by JBoss + Tools. These methods are described further in this chapter.</para> + + <section> + <title>Deploying on the Package Explorer</title> + + <para>On the package explorer it is possible to publish either a project to a server or just + a single file. Let's look at how to do this.</para> + <section id="run_on_server_wizard"> + <title>Deploying with Run On Server Wizard</title> + <para> The first WTP method is to right-click on a project, such as a Dynamic Web + project, EJB project, or EAR project and then select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Run As > Run on Server</property> + </emphasis>. The resulting dialog allows you to select which supporting server the + project can be published to.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Define a New Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>Click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Next</property> + </emphasis> button to see add or remove projects page where you can choose projects + to configure them on server.</para> + <figure float="0" id="add_rem_proj"> + <title>Add or Remove Projects</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>This page of the wizard also allows to undeploy modules from the server. For that + choose proper module(s) from the right and click <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none"> < Remove</property> + </emphasis>. The modules will be completely undeployed after restarting your server + or republishing.</para> + <para>Generally, for the JBoss AS Server Adapters, publishing using this method will + force a default, best-guess, packaging configuration for your project. This + best-guess does not publish incrementally, but instead repackages your entire + project into a <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.war</property> + </emphasis>, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property> + </emphasis>, or <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property> + </emphasis> as appropriate, and then copies that file into the proper deploy + directory. For quicker smarter deployment, you will need to create archives using + the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives view</link> and customize + packaging yourself.</para> + + + + </section> + + <section id="single_file_deployment"> + <?dbhtml filename="DeployToServer.html"?> + <title>Deploying single files</title> + + <para>Sometimes it becomes necessary to deploy one or more files to a server. For + that in order not to do a full republish in the context menu of files a <emphasis><property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property></emphasis> + option is provided that allows a single file deployment. To deploy these non-WTP files/projects + right click on the file (<emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">-ds.xml</property></emphasis>, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.ear</property></emphasis>, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.jar</property></emphasis> etc.) and select <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Deploy To Server</property> + </emphasis> and it will be automatically deployed.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Deploy to Sever</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_6.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The deployed files are listed side-by-side with other modules that are deployed to + the server.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Deployed files on the Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_7.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + </section> + + </section> + <section> + <title>Deploying with JBoss Server View</title> + <para>As it has been already mentioned <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> contains two + parts: the top part that displays all defined servers and the bottom part which provides + categories with additional information. Thus, in this section we suggest two more ways + to deploy resources onto the server.</para> + <section> + <title>Top part of JBoss Server View</title> + <para>In the top part of the <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Servers View</property> like in the Servers + View you should right click on a server and select the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Add and Remove Projects</property> + </emphasis> menu item.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Add and Remove Projects</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_3.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>This will bring up a <link linkend="add_rem_proj">familiar dialog</link> allowing + you to either publish projects or modules to a server, or remove them from the + server. If the selected module is a project like a Dynamic Web project, EJB project, + or EAR project, it will be published as through <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Run on Server</property> + </emphasis> wizard, with a best-guess full package. If, however, the selected + element is an archive from the <link linkend="Project_archivesView">Project Archives + view</link>, it will be published according to the rules of that module + type.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Bottom part of JBoss Server View</title> + <para>In the bottom part of <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Server View</property> + </emphasis> there is a category called <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Modules</property> + </emphasis> which should display all currently-published modules on the server. + Right-clicking on the desired module and selecting <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Full Publish</property> + </emphasis> will force a full rebuild of the entire module.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Full Publish</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_4.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>Here, <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Publish</property> + </emphasis> is meant to enable publishing of only those parts where changes have + been made.</para> + </section> + </section> + <section> + <title>Deploying with Project Archives View</title> + <para>In the <property moreinfo="none">Project Archives View</property> you can right-click on any declared + archive and select the <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Publish To Server</property> + </emphasis> element. For more on this subject, see <link linkend="PublishToServer">Publishing to Server</link> in the Project Archives View section.</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Publish to Server</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_5.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para> The only way to ensure an <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Incremental Build</property> + </emphasis>, such as changes to one <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.jsp</property>, </emphasis> + <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.html</property>, </emphasis> or <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">.class</property> + </emphasis> file, is to enable the builder for that project. This is done by either + changing the global preferences for the <property moreinfo="none">Archives View</property>, or by + enabling project-specific preferences and ensuring the builder is on.</para> + + <para>You can also use the "Finger touch" button for a quick restart of the project without restarting the server:</para> + <figure float="0"> + <title>Finger Touch button</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/modules/modules_8_finger_touch.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + <para>The "Finger" touches descriptors dependent on project (i.e. web.xml for WAR, application.xml for EAR, jboss-esb.xml in ESB projects).</para> + + + <para>The last chapter covers a variety of methods on how you can deploy needed modules onto a + server.</para> + </section> +</chapter> + + +<chapter id="tptp_support" xml:base="file:///home/vchukhutsina/repos/ochik_jboss/as/docs/reference/en/modules/tptp_support.xml"> + <title>TPTP Support</title> + <para>This chapter provides an overview on how to enable TPTP Profiling for <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + AS</property> adapters in <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Tools</property>.</para> + + <section> + <title>TPTP Profiling</title> + + <para>To get TPTP profiling work on <property moreinfo="none">JBoss Application Server</property> you should + first download <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/download.php?file=/tptp/4.5.0/TPTP-4.5.0...">TPTP 4.5.0 Runtime</ulink> and install it, i. e. just add the content of <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">plugins/features</property> + </emphasis> folders from downloaded directory to the same folders in your eclipse + installation directory.</para> + + <para>And now all profile actions should work for you. To start <property moreinfo="none">JBoss + AS</property> in profiling mode use <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Start the server in profiling mode</property> + </emphasis> button or <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Profile As > Profile on Server</property> + </emphasis> option in the context menu of the project.</para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Start the Server in Profiling mode</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_1.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>To enable TPTP features in your workbench use <property moreinfo="none">Profiling and Logging + Perspective</property> that you can find in the list of proposed perspectives: <emphasis> + <property moreinfo="none">Window > Open Perspective > Other…</property> + </emphasis> + </para> + + <figure float="0"> + <title>Profiling and Logging Perspective</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="images/tptp_support/tptp_support_2.png"></imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Relevant Resources Links</title> + <para>All additional information on TPTP(Test and Performance Tools Platform) you can find + in <ulink url="http://www.eclipse.org/tptp/home/downloads/4.5.0/documents/quicktour/quic...">eclipse documentation</ulink>.</para> + <para>In summary, this reference should help you to start with <ulink url="http://www.jboss.org/jbossas">JBoss AS</ulink> and get to know with functionality + for work with it.</para> + </section> +</chapter> + + +</book>

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20327 - branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: akazakov Date: 2010-02-17 13:47:13 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20327 Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java Log: https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBIDE-5864 Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java =================================================================== --- branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java 2010-02-17 18:45:36 UTC (rev 20326) +++ branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java 2010-02-17 18:47:13 UTC (rev 20327) @@ -157,18 +157,20 @@ List<KbProject> getKbProjects(IProject project) throws CoreException { List<KbProject> list = new ArrayList<KbProject>(); - IJavaProject javaProject = JavaCore.create(project); - IClasspathEntry[] es = javaProject.getResolvedClasspath(true); - for (int i = 0; i < es.length; i++) { - if(es[i].getEntryKind() == IClasspathEntry.CPE_PROJECT) { - IProject p = ResourcesPlugin.getWorkspace().getRoot().getProject(es[i].getPath().lastSegment()); - if(p == null || !p.isAccessible()) continue; - KbProject.checkKBBuilderInstalled(p); - IKbProject sp = KbProjectFactory.getKbProject(p, false); - if(sp != null) list.add((KbProject)sp); + if(project.hasNature(JavaCore.NATURE_ID)) { + IJavaProject javaProject = JavaCore.create(project); + IClasspathEntry[] es = javaProject.getResolvedClasspath(true); + for (int i = 0; i < es.length; i++) { + if(es[i].getEntryKind() == IClasspathEntry.CPE_PROJECT) { + IProject p = ResourcesPlugin.getWorkspace().getRoot().getProject(es[i].getPath().lastSegment()); + if(p == null || !p.isAccessible()) continue; + KbProject.checkKBBuilderInstalled(p); + IKbProject sp = KbProjectFactory.getKbProject(p, false); + if(sp != null) list.add((KbProject)sp); + } } + } return list; } - -} +} \ No newline at end of file

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20326 - trunk/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: akazakov Date: 2010-02-17 13:45:36 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20326 Modified: trunk/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java Log: https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBIDE-5864 Modified: trunk/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java =================================================================== --- trunk/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java 2010-02-17 18:18:20 UTC (rev 20325) +++ trunk/jst/plugins/org.jboss.tools.jst.web.kb/src/org/jboss/tools/jst/web/kb/internal/scanner/ClassPathMonitor.java 2010-02-17 18:45:36 UTC (rev 20326) @@ -157,18 +157,20 @@ List<KbProject> getKbProjects(IProject project) throws CoreException { List<KbProject> list = new ArrayList<KbProject>(); - IJavaProject javaProject = JavaCore.create(project); - IClasspathEntry[] es = javaProject.getResolvedClasspath(true); - for (int i = 0; i < es.length; i++) { - if(es[i].getEntryKind() == IClasspathEntry.CPE_PROJECT) { - IProject p = ResourcesPlugin.getWorkspace().getRoot().getProject(es[i].getPath().lastSegment()); - if(p == null || !p.isAccessible()) continue; - KbProject.checkKBBuilderInstalled(p); - IKbProject sp = KbProjectFactory.getKbProject(p, false); - if(sp != null) list.add((KbProject)sp); + if(project.hasNature(JavaCore.NATURE_ID)) { + IJavaProject javaProject = JavaCore.create(project); + IClasspathEntry[] es = javaProject.getResolvedClasspath(true); + for (int i = 0; i < es.length; i++) { + if(es[i].getEntryKind() == IClasspathEntry.CPE_PROJECT) { + IProject p = ResourcesPlugin.getWorkspace().getRoot().getProject(es[i].getPath().lastSegment()); + if(p == null || !p.isAccessible()) continue; + KbProject.checkKBBuilderInstalled(p); + IKbProject sp = KbProjectFactory.getKbProject(p, false); + if(sp != null) list.add((KbProject)sp); + } } + } return list; } - -} +} \ No newline at end of file

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20325 - branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: vyemialyanchyk Date: 2010-02-17 13:18:20 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20325 Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java Log: https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBIDE-5858 - fixed, npe fix for trunc and CR2 brunch Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java =================================================================== --- branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 18:17:19 UTC (rev 20324) +++ branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 18:18:20 UTC (rev 20325) @@ -29,29 +29,17 @@ import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.IPropertyDescriptor; import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.IPropertySource; import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.PropertyDescriptor; -import org.hibernate.Session; -import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContextHolder; -import org.hibernate.metadata.CollectionMetadata; public class CollectionPropertySource implements IPropertySource { private Collection<?> collection; IPropertyDescriptor[] descriptors = null; - - private final Session currentSession; - - private final CollectionMetadata collectionMetadata; - - private final ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration; Map<Object, Object> values = new WeakHashMap<Object, Object>(); - public CollectionPropertySource(Collection<?> propertyValue, Session currentSession, ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration, CollectionMetadata collectionMetadata) { + public CollectionPropertySource(Collection<?> propertyValue) { collection = propertyValue; - this.currentSession = currentSession; - this.currentConfiguration = currentConfiguration; - this.collectionMetadata = collectionMetadata; } public Object getEditableValue() { Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java =================================================================== --- branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 18:17:19 UTC (rev 20324) +++ branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 18:18:20 UTC (rev 20325) @@ -28,7 +28,9 @@ import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.PropertyDescriptor; import org.hibernate.EntityMode; import org.hibernate.Session; -import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContextHolder; +import org.hibernate.console.ConsoleConfiguration; +import org.hibernate.console.KnownConfigurations; +import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContext; import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContext.Command; import org.hibernate.eclipse.console.HibernateConsoleMessages; import org.hibernate.metadata.ClassMetadata; @@ -42,14 +44,14 @@ private Object reflectedObject; private IPropertyDescriptor[] propertyDescriptors; - private final ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration; + private final String consoleConfigName; private final Session currentSession; private ClassMetadata classMetadata; - public EntityPropertySource (final Object object, final Session currentSession, ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration) + public EntityPropertySource(final Object object, final Session currentSession, String consoleConfigName) { this.currentSession = currentSession; - this.currentConfiguration = currentConfiguration; + this.consoleConfigName = consoleConfigName; reflectedObject = object; if(currentSession.isOpen()) { classMetadata = currentSession.getSessionFactory().getClassMetadata( currentSession.getEntityName(reflectedObject) ); @@ -65,16 +67,23 @@ } public IPropertyDescriptor[] getPropertyDescriptors() { - if(propertyDescriptors==null) { - currentConfiguration.getExecutionContext().execute(new Command() { - - public Object execute() { - - propertyDescriptors = initializePropertyDescriptors(classMetadata); - return null; + if (propertyDescriptors == null) { + ConsoleConfiguration consoleConfig = KnownConfigurations.getInstance().find(consoleConfigName); + if (consoleConfig != null) { + ExecutionContext executionContext = consoleConfig.getExecutionContext(); + if (executionContext == null) { + consoleConfig.build(); + executionContext = consoleConfig.getExecutionContext(); } - - }); + if (executionContext != null) { + executionContext.execute(new Command() { + public Object execute() { + propertyDescriptors = initializePropertyDescriptors(classMetadata); + return null; + } + }); + } + } } return propertyDescriptors; } @@ -121,7 +130,7 @@ if (propertyValue instanceof Collection<?>) { CollectionMetadata collectionMetadata = currentSession.getSessionFactory().getCollectionMetadata(classMetadata.getEntityName() + "." + id); //$NON-NLS-1$ if(collectionMetadata!=null) { - propertyValue = new CollectionPropertySource((Collection<?>) propertyValue,currentSession,currentConfiguration, collectionMetadata); + propertyValue = new CollectionPropertySource((Collection<?>) propertyValue); } } return propertyValue; Modified: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java =================================================================== --- branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java 2010-02-17 18:17:19 UTC (rev 20324) +++ branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java 2010-02-17 18:18:20 UTC (rev 20325) @@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.IPropertySourceProvider; import org.hibernate.Session; import org.hibernate.console.QueryPage; -import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContextHolder; import org.hibernate.eclipse.console.views.QueryPageTabView; import org.hibernate.proxy.HibernateProxyHelper; @@ -52,9 +51,9 @@ else { // maybe we should be hooked up with the queryview to get this ? Session currentSession = view.getSelectedQueryPage().getSession(); - ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration = view.getSelectedQueryPage().getConsoleConfiguration(); + String consoleConfigName = view.getSelectedQueryPage().getConsoleConfiguration().getName(); if((currentSession.isOpen() && currentSession.contains(object)) || hasMetaData( object, currentSession) ) { - return new EntityPropertySource(object, currentSession, currentConfiguration); + return new EntityPropertySource(object, currentSession, consoleConfigName); } else { return null; }

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20324 - trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: vyemialyanchyk Date: 2010-02-17 13:17:19 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20324 Modified: trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java Log: https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBIDE-5858 - fixed, npe fix for trunc and CR2 brunch Modified: trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java =================================================================== --- trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 17:56:35 UTC (rev 20323) +++ trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/CollectionPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 18:17:19 UTC (rev 20324) @@ -29,29 +29,17 @@ import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.IPropertyDescriptor; import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.IPropertySource; import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.PropertyDescriptor; -import org.hibernate.Session; -import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContextHolder; -import org.hibernate.metadata.CollectionMetadata; public class CollectionPropertySource implements IPropertySource { private Collection<?> collection; IPropertyDescriptor[] descriptors = null; - - private final Session currentSession; - - private final CollectionMetadata collectionMetadata; - - private final ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration; Map<Object, Object> values = new WeakHashMap<Object, Object>(); - public CollectionPropertySource(Collection<?> propertyValue, Session currentSession, ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration, CollectionMetadata collectionMetadata) { + public CollectionPropertySource(Collection<?> propertyValue) { collection = propertyValue; - this.currentSession = currentSession; - this.currentConfiguration = currentConfiguration; - this.collectionMetadata = collectionMetadata; } public Object getEditableValue() { Modified: trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java =================================================================== --- trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 17:56:35 UTC (rev 20323) +++ trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/EntityPropertySource.java 2010-02-17 18:17:19 UTC (rev 20324) @@ -28,7 +28,9 @@ import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.PropertyDescriptor; import org.hibernate.EntityMode; import org.hibernate.Session; -import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContextHolder; +import org.hibernate.console.ConsoleConfiguration; +import org.hibernate.console.KnownConfigurations; +import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContext; import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContext.Command; import org.hibernate.eclipse.console.HibernateConsoleMessages; import org.hibernate.metadata.ClassMetadata; @@ -42,14 +44,14 @@ private Object reflectedObject; private IPropertyDescriptor[] propertyDescriptors; - private final ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration; + private final String consoleConfigName; private final Session currentSession; private ClassMetadata classMetadata; - public EntityPropertySource (final Object object, final Session currentSession, ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration) + public EntityPropertySource(final Object object, final Session currentSession, String consoleConfigName) { this.currentSession = currentSession; - this.currentConfiguration = currentConfiguration; + this.consoleConfigName = consoleConfigName; reflectedObject = object; if(currentSession.isOpen()) { classMetadata = currentSession.getSessionFactory().getClassMetadata( currentSession.getEntityName(reflectedObject) ); @@ -65,16 +67,23 @@ } public IPropertyDescriptor[] getPropertyDescriptors() { - if(propertyDescriptors==null) { - currentConfiguration.getExecutionContext().execute(new Command() { - - public Object execute() { - - propertyDescriptors = initializePropertyDescriptors(classMetadata); - return null; + if (propertyDescriptors == null) { + ConsoleConfiguration consoleConfig = KnownConfigurations.getInstance().find(consoleConfigName); + if (consoleConfig != null) { + ExecutionContext executionContext = consoleConfig.getExecutionContext(); + if (executionContext == null) { + consoleConfig.build(); + executionContext = consoleConfig.getExecutionContext(); } - - }); + if (executionContext != null) { + executionContext.execute(new Command() { + public Object execute() { + propertyDescriptors = initializePropertyDescriptors(classMetadata); + return null; + } + }); + } + } } return propertyDescriptors; } @@ -121,7 +130,7 @@ if (propertyValue instanceof Collection<?>) { CollectionMetadata collectionMetadata = currentSession.getSessionFactory().getCollectionMetadata(classMetadata.getEntityName() + "." + id); //$NON-NLS-1$ if(collectionMetadata!=null) { - propertyValue = new CollectionPropertySource((Collection<?>) propertyValue,currentSession,currentConfiguration, collectionMetadata); + propertyValue = new CollectionPropertySource((Collection<?>) propertyValue); } } return propertyValue; Modified: trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java =================================================================== --- trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java 2010-02-17 17:56:35 UTC (rev 20323) +++ trunk/hibernatetools/plugins/org.hibernate.eclipse.console/src/org/hibernate/eclipse/console/views/properties/HibernatePropertySourceProvider.java 2010-02-17 18:17:19 UTC (rev 20324) @@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ import org.eclipse.ui.views.properties.IPropertySourceProvider; import org.hibernate.Session; import org.hibernate.console.QueryPage; -import org.hibernate.console.execution.ExecutionContextHolder; import org.hibernate.eclipse.console.views.QueryPageTabView; import org.hibernate.proxy.HibernateProxyHelper; @@ -52,9 +51,9 @@ else { // maybe we should be hooked up with the queryview to get this ? Session currentSession = view.getSelectedQueryPage().getSession(); - ExecutionContextHolder currentConfiguration = view.getSelectedQueryPage().getConsoleConfiguration(); + String consoleConfigName = view.getSelectedQueryPage().getConsoleConfiguration().getName(); if((currentSession.isOpen() && currentSession.contains(object)) || hasMetaData( object, currentSession) ) { - return new EntityPropertySource(object, currentSession, currentConfiguration); + return new EntityPropertySource(object, currentSession, consoleConfigName); } else { return null; }

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20323 - branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: nickboldt Date: 2010-02-17 12:56:35 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20323 Added: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml Removed: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml Log: https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBIDE-5591 Unpack the o.j.t.esb.ui plugin after install (set unpack="true" in its container feature.xml) Deleted: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml =================================================================== --- branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml 2010-02-17 17:53:42 UTC (rev 20322) +++ branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml 2010-02-17 17:56:35 UTC (rev 20323) @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<feature - id="org.jboss.tools.esb.feature" - label="%featureName" - version="1.0.0" - provider-name="%providerName" - plugin="org.jboss.tools.esb.ui"> - - <description> - %description - </description> - - <copyright> - %copyright - </copyright> - - <license url="%licenseURL"> - %license - </license> - -  - - <plugin - id="org.jboss.tools.esb.core" - download-size="0" - install-size="0" - version="0.0.0" - unpack="false"/> - - <plugin - id="org.jboss.tools.esb.ui" - download-size="0" - install-size="0" - version="0.0.0" - unpack="false"/> - - <plugin - id="org.jboss.tools.esb.project.core" - download-size="0" - install-size="0" - version="0.0.0" - unpack="false"/> - - <plugin - id="org.jboss.tools.esb.project.ui" - download-size="0" - install-size="0" - version="0.0.0" - unpack="false"/> - -</feature> Added: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml =================================================================== --- branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml (rev 0) +++ branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml 2010-02-17 17:56:35 UTC (rev 20323) @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<feature + id="org.jboss.tools.esb.feature" + label="%featureName" + version="1.0.0" + provider-name="%providerName" + plugin="org.jboss.tools.esb.ui"> + + <description> + %description + </description> + + <copyright> + %copyright + </copyright> + + <license url="%licenseURL"> + %license + </license> + +  + + <plugin + id="org.jboss.tools.esb.core" + download-size="0" + install-size="0" + version="0.0.0" + unpack="false"/> + + <plugin + id="org.jboss.tools.esb.ui" + download-size="0" + install-size="0" + version="0.0.0" + unpack="true"/> + + <plugin + id="org.jboss.tools.esb.project.core" + download-size="0" + install-size="0" + version="0.0.0" + unpack="false"/> + + <plugin + id="org.jboss.tools.esb.project.ui" + download-size="0" + install-size="0" + version="0.0.0" + unpack="false"/> + +</feature> Property changes on: branches/jbosstools-3.1.0.RC2/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml ___________________________________________________________________ Name: svn:mime-type + text/plain

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

JBoss Tools SVN: r20322 - trunk/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature.

by jbosstools-commits＠lists.jboss.org

Author: nickboldt Date: 2010-02-17 12:53:42 -0500 (Wed, 17 Feb 2010) New Revision: 20322 Modified: trunk/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml Log: https://jira.jboss.org/jira/browse/JBIDE-5591 Unpack the o.j.t.esb.ui plugin after install (set unpack="true" in its container feature.xml) Modified: trunk/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml =================================================================== --- trunk/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml 2010-02-17 17:46:46 UTC (rev 20321) +++ trunk/esb/features/org.jboss.tools.esb.feature/feature.xml 2010-02-17 17:53:42 UTC (rev 20322) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ download-size="0" install-size="0" version="0.0.0" - unpack="false"/> + unpack="true"/> <plugin id="org.jboss.tools.esb.project.core"

14 years, 4 months

1
0
0 / 0

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

jbosstools-commits February 2010